1 /* PowerPC64-specific support for 64-bit ELF.
2 Copyright (C) 1999-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Linus Nordberg, Swox AB <info@swox.com>,
4 based on elf32-ppc.c by Ian Lance Taylor.
5 Largely rewritten by Alan Modra.
7 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
20 with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
21 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
24 /* The 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI may be found at
25 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/PPC-elf64abi.txt, and
26 http://www.linuxbase.org/spec/ELF/ppc64/spec/book1.html */
34 #include "elf/ppc64.h"
35 #include "elf64-ppc.h"
38 /* All users of this file have bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd, sec) == 1. */
39 #define OCTETS_PER_BYTE(ABFD, SEC) 1
41 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_ha_reloc
42 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
43 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
44 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
45 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
46 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
47 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
48 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
49 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
50 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
52 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
53 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
54 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
55 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
56 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
57 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
58 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
59 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
60 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
61 static bfd_vma opd_entry_value
62 (asection
*, bfd_vma
, asection
**, bfd_vma
*, bfd_boolean
);
64 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf64_le_vec
65 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf64-powerpcle"
66 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_vec
67 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc"
68 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
69 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC64_ELF_DATA
70 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC64
71 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
72 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
73 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
74 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc64_elf_info_to_howto
76 #define elf_backend_want_got_sym 0
77 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 0
78 #define elf_backend_plt_alignment 3
79 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
80 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 8
81 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
82 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
83 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
84 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
85 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
86 #define elf_backend_default_execstack 0
88 #define bfd_elf64_mkobject ppc64_elf_mkobject
89 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup
90 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup
91 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
92 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_print_private_bfd_data ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data
93 #define bfd_elf64_new_section_hook ppc64_elf_new_section_hook
94 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create
95 #define bfd_elf64_get_synthetic_symtab ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
96 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_link_just_syms ppc64_elf_link_just_syms
97 #define bfd_elf64_bfd_gc_sections ppc64_elf_gc_sections
99 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc64_elf_object_p
100 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus
101 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo
102 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc64_elf_write_core_note
103 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections
104 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
105 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook
106 #define elf_backend_check_directives ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs
107 #define elf_backend_notice_as_needed ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed
108 #define elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup
109 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc64_elf_check_relocs
110 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
111 #define elf_backend_gc_keep ppc64_elf_gc_keep
112 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_dynamic_ref ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref
113 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook
114 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
115 #define elf_backend_hide_symbol ppc64_elf_hide_symbol
116 #define elf_backend_maybe_function_sym ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym
117 #define elf_backend_always_size_sections ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust
118 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
119 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc64_elf_hash_symbol
120 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections
121 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc64_elf_action_discarded
122 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc64_elf_relocate_section
123 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
124 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class
125 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
126 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook
127 #define elf_backend_special_sections ppc64_elf_special_sections
128 #define elf_backend_section_flags ppc64_elf_section_flags
129 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute
130 #define elf_backend_merge_symbol ppc64_elf_merge_symbol
131 #define elf_backend_get_reloc_section bfd_get_section_by_name
133 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
135 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
137 /* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table. */
138 #define PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 8)
139 #define LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 16 : 8)
141 /* The initial size of the plt reserved for the dynamic linker. */
142 #define PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 24 : 16)
144 /* Offsets to some stack save slots. */
146 #define STK_TOC(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 40 : 24)
147 /* This one is dodgy. ELFv2 does not have a linker word, so use the
148 CR save slot. Used only by optimised __tls_get_addr call stub,
149 relying on __tls_get_addr_opt not saving CR.. */
150 #define STK_LINKER(htab) (htab->opd_abi ? 32 : 8)
152 /* TOC base pointers offset from start of TOC. */
153 #define TOC_BASE_OFF 0x8000
154 /* TOC base alignment. */
155 #define TOC_BASE_ALIGN 256
157 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
158 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
159 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
161 /* .plt call stub instructions. The normal stub is like this, but
162 sometimes the .plt entry crosses a 64k boundary and we need to
163 insert an addi to adjust r11. */
164 #define STD_R2_0R1 0xf8410000 /* std %r2,0+40(%r1) */
165 #define ADDIS_R11_R2 0x3d620000 /* addis %r11,%r2,xxx@ha */
166 #define LD_R12_0R11 0xe98b0000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0@l(%r11) */
167 #define MTCTR_R12 0x7d8903a6 /* mtctr %r12 */
168 #define LD_R2_0R11 0xe84b0000 /* ld %r2,xxx+8@l(%r11) */
169 #define LD_R11_0R11 0xe96b0000 /* ld %r11,xxx+16@l(%r11) */
170 #define BCTR 0x4e800420 /* bctr */
172 #define ADDI_R11_R11 0x396b0000 /* addi %r11,%r11,off@l */
173 #define ADDI_R12_R11 0x398b0000 /* addi %r12,%r11,off@l */
174 #define ADDI_R12_R12 0x398c0000 /* addi %r12,%r12,off@l */
175 #define ADDIS_R2_R2 0x3c420000 /* addis %r2,%r2,off@ha */
176 #define ADDI_R2_R2 0x38420000 /* addi %r2,%r2,off@l */
178 #define XOR_R2_R12_R12 0x7d826278 /* xor %r2,%r12,%r12 */
179 #define ADD_R11_R11_R2 0x7d6b1214 /* add %r11,%r11,%r2 */
180 #define XOR_R11_R12_R12 0x7d8b6278 /* xor %r11,%r12,%r12 */
181 #define ADD_R2_R2_R11 0x7c425a14 /* add %r2,%r2,%r11 */
182 #define CMPLDI_R2_0 0x28220000 /* cmpldi %r2,0 */
183 #define BNECTR 0x4ca20420 /* bnectr+ */
184 #define BNECTR_P4 0x4ce20420 /* bnectr+ */
186 #define LD_R12_0R2 0xe9820000 /* ld %r12,xxx+0(%r2) */
187 #define LD_R11_0R2 0xe9620000 /* ld %r11,xxx+0(%r2) */
188 #define LD_R2_0R2 0xe8420000 /* ld %r2,xxx+0(%r2) */
190 #define LD_R2_0R1 0xe8410000 /* ld %r2,0(%r1) */
191 #define LD_R2_0R12 0xe84c0000 /* ld %r2,0(%r12) */
192 #define ADD_R2_R2_R12 0x7c426214 /* add %r2,%r2,%r12 */
194 #define LI_R11_0 0x39600000 /* li %r11,0 */
195 #define LIS_R2 0x3c400000 /* lis %r2,xxx@ha */
196 #define LIS_R11 0x3d600000 /* lis %r11,xxx@ha */
197 #define LIS_R12 0x3d800000 /* lis %r12,xxx@ha */
198 #define ADDIS_R2_R12 0x3c4c0000 /* addis %r2,%r12,xxx@ha */
199 #define ADDIS_R12_R2 0x3d820000 /* addis %r12,%r2,xxx@ha */
200 #define ADDIS_R12_R11 0x3d8b0000 /* addis %r12,%r11,xxx@ha */
201 #define ADDIS_R12_R12 0x3d8c0000 /* addis %r12,%r12,xxx@ha */
202 #define ORIS_R12_R12_0 0x658c0000 /* oris %r12,%r12,xxx@hi */
203 #define ORI_R11_R11_0 0x616b0000 /* ori %r11,%r11,xxx@l */
204 #define ORI_R12_R12_0 0x618c0000 /* ori %r12,%r12,xxx@l */
205 #define LD_R12_0R12 0xe98c0000 /* ld %r12,xxx@l(%r12) */
206 #define SLDI_R11_R11_34 0x796b1746 /* sldi %r11,%r11,34 */
207 #define SLDI_R12_R12_32 0x799c07c6 /* sldi %r12,%r12,32 */
208 #define LDX_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b602a /* ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
209 #define ADD_R12_R11_R12 0x7d8b6214 /* add %r12,%r11,%r12 */
210 #define PADDI_R12_PC 0x0610000039800000ULL
211 #define PLD_R12_PC 0x04100000e5800000ULL
212 #define PNOP 0x0700000000000000ULL
214 /* __glink_PLTresolve stub instructions. We enter with the index in R0. */
215 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE(htab) \
216 (8u + (htab->opd_abi ? 11 * 4 : 14 * 4))
220 #define MFLR_R12 0x7d8802a6 /* mflr %12 */
221 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005 /* bcl 20,31,1f */
223 #define MFLR_R11 0x7d6802a6 /* mflr %11 */
224 /* ld %2,(0b-1b)(%11) */
225 #define MTLR_R12 0x7d8803a6 /* mtlr %12 */
226 #define ADD_R11_R2_R11 0x7d625a14 /* add %11,%2,%11 */
232 #define MFLR_R0 0x7c0802a6 /* mflr %r0 */
233 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
234 #define SUB_R12_R12_R11 0x7d8b6050 /* subf %r12,%r11,%r12 */
235 #define ADDI_R0_R12 0x380c0000 /* addi %r0,%r12,0 */
236 #define SRDI_R0_R0_2 0x7800f082 /* rldicl %r0,%r0,62,2 */
239 #define NOP 0x60000000
241 /* Some other nops. */
242 #define CROR_151515 0x4def7b82
243 #define CROR_313131 0x4ffffb82
245 /* .glink entries for the first 32k functions are two instructions. */
246 #define LI_R0_0 0x38000000 /* li %r0,0 */
247 #define B_DOT 0x48000000 /* b . */
249 /* After that, we need two instructions to load the index, followed by
251 #define LIS_R0_0 0x3c000000 /* lis %r0,0 */
252 #define ORI_R0_R0_0 0x60000000 /* ori %r0,%r0,0 */
254 /* Instructions used by the save and restore reg functions. */
255 #define STD_R0_0R1 0xf8010000 /* std %r0,0(%r1) */
256 #define STD_R0_0R12 0xf80c0000 /* std %r0,0(%r12) */
257 #define LD_R0_0R1 0xe8010000 /* ld %r0,0(%r1) */
258 #define LD_R0_0R12 0xe80c0000 /* ld %r0,0(%r12) */
259 #define STFD_FR0_0R1 0xd8010000 /* stfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
260 #define LFD_FR0_0R1 0xc8010000 /* lfd %fr0,0(%r1) */
261 #define LI_R12_0 0x39800000 /* li %r12,0 */
262 #define STVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c01ce /* stvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
263 #define LVX_VR0_R12_R0 0x7c0c00ce /* lvx %v0,%r12,%r0 */
264 #define MTLR_R0 0x7c0803a6 /* mtlr %r0 */
265 #define BLR 0x4e800020 /* blr */
267 /* Since .opd is an array of descriptors and each entry will end up
268 with identical R_PPC64_RELATIVE relocs, there is really no need to
269 propagate .opd relocs; The dynamic linker should be taught to
270 relocate .opd without reloc entries. */
271 #ifndef NO_OPD_RELOCS
272 #define NO_OPD_RELOCS 0
276 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
280 abiversion (bfd
*abfd
)
282 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
286 set_abiversion (bfd
*abfd
, int ver
)
288 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC64_ABI
;
289 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= ver
& EF_PPC64_ABI
;
292 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
293 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
294 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
295 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
296 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
297 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
298 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
299 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
300 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
301 complain, special_func) \
302 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
303 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
304 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
306 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) R_PPC64_max
];
308 static reloc_howto_type ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[] =
310 /* This reloc does nothing. */
311 HOW (R_PPC64_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
312 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
314 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
315 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
316 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
318 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
319 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
320 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
321 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
323 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
324 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
327 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
328 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
331 /* Bits 16-31 of an address. */
332 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
335 /* Bits 16-31 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low 16
336 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
337 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
340 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
341 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
342 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
343 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
345 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
346 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
347 bits must be zero. */
348 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
349 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
351 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
352 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
353 two bits must be zero. */
354 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
355 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
357 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
358 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
359 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
361 /* A variant of R_PPC64_REL24, used when r2 is not the toc pointer. */
362 HOW (R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
, 2, 26, 0x03fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
363 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
365 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
366 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
367 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc
),
369 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
370 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
372 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
373 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
375 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
376 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
378 HOW (R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0x0000fffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
379 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc
),
381 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
383 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
384 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
386 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
388 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
389 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
391 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
393 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
394 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
396 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
398 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
399 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
401 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
402 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
403 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
404 shared library into the object, because the object being
405 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
406 HOW (R_PPC64_COPY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
407 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
409 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR64, but used when setting global offset table
411 HOW (R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
412 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
414 /* Created by the link editor. Marks a procedure linkage table
415 entry for a symbol. */
416 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
417 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
419 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
420 doubleword64 is set to the load address of the object, plus the
422 HOW (R_PPC64_RELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
423 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
425 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
426 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
427 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
429 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
430 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
431 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
433 /* 32-bit PC relative. */
434 HOW (R_PPC64_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
435 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
437 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
438 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
439 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
441 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
442 FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL32 not supported. */
443 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
444 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
446 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
448 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
449 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
451 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
453 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
454 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
456 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
458 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
459 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
461 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
462 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
463 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
465 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but no overflow warning. */
466 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
467 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
469 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
470 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
471 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
473 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
474 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
475 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc
),
477 /* Like R_PPC64_REL24 without touching the two least significant bits. */
478 HOW (R_PPC64_REL30
, 2, 30, 0xfffffffc, 2, TRUE
, dont
,
479 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
481 /* Relocs in the 64-bit PowerPC ELF ABI, not in the 32-bit ABI. */
483 /* A standard 64-bit relocation. */
484 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
485 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
487 /* The bits 32-47 of an address. */
488 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
489 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
491 /* The bits 32-47 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
492 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
493 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
496 /* The bits 48-63 of an address. */
497 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
498 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
500 /* The bits 48-63 of an address, plus 1 if the contents of the low
501 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
502 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
505 /* Like ADDR64, but may be unaligned. */
506 HOW (R_PPC64_UADDR64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
507 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
509 /* 64-bit relative relocation. */
510 HOW (R_PPC64_REL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
511 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
513 /* 64-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table. */
514 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
515 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
517 /* 64-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage
519 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTREL64 not supported. */
520 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
521 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
523 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation. */
524 /* R_PPC64_TOC16 47 half16* S + A - .TOC. */
525 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
526 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
528 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation without overflow. */
529 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_LO 48 half16 #lo (S + A - .TOC.) */
530 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
531 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
533 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits. */
534 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HI 49 half16 #hi (S + A - .TOC.) */
535 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
536 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
538 /* 16 bit TOC-relative relocation, high 16 bits, plus 1 if the
539 contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is
541 /* R_PPC64_TOC16_HA 50 half16 #ha (S + A - .TOC.) */
542 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
543 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc
),
545 /* 64-bit relocation; insert value of TOC base (.TOC.). */
546 /* R_PPC64_TOC 51 doubleword64 .TOC. */
547 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
548 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc
),
550 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but also informs the link editor that the
551 value to relocate may (!) refer to a PLT entry which the link
552 editor (a) may replace with the symbol value. If the link editor
553 is unable to fully resolve the symbol, it may (b) create a PLT
554 entry and store the address to the new PLT entry in the GOT.
555 This permits lazy resolution of function symbols at run time.
556 The link editor may also skip all of this and just (c) emit a
557 R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT to tie the symbol to the GOT entry. */
558 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16 not implemented. */
559 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
,signed,
560 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
562 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but without overflow. */
563 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
564 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
565 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
567 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address. */
568 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI not implemented. */
569 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
570 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
572 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT_GOT16, but using bits 16-31 of the address, plus
573 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
575 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA not implemented. */
576 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
577 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
579 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
580 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
581 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
583 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
584 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
585 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
587 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
588 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
589 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
591 /* Like R_PPC64_GOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
592 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
593 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
595 /* Like R_PPC64_PLT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
596 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
597 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
599 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF, but for instructions with a DS field. */
600 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
601 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
603 /* Like R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
604 HOW (R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
605 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc
),
607 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
608 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
609 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
611 /* Like R_PPC64_TOC16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
612 HOW (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
613 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc
),
615 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16, but for instructions with a DS field. */
616 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS not implemented. */
617 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
618 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
620 /* Like R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO, but for instructions with a DS field. */
621 /* FIXME: R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO not implemented. */
622 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
623 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
625 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
626 HOW (R_PPC64_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
627 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
629 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
630 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
632 HOW (R_PPC64_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
633 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
635 /* Marker reloc for optimizing r2 save in prologue rather than on
636 each plt call stub. */
637 HOW (R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
638 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
640 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
641 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
642 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
644 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
645 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
647 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
648 definition of its TLS sym. */
649 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
650 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
652 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
653 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
654 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
655 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
659 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
660 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
662 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
663 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
664 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
666 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
667 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
668 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
670 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
671 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
672 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
674 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
675 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
676 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
678 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
679 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
680 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
682 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
683 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
684 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
686 /* Like DTPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
687 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
688 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
690 /* Like DTPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
691 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
692 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
694 /* Like DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
695 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
696 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
698 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
699 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
700 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL64
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
701 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
703 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
704 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
705 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
707 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
708 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
709 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
711 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
712 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
713 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
715 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
716 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
717 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
719 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
720 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
721 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
723 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
724 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, FALSE
, dont
,
725 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
727 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHER, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
728 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
729 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
731 /* Like TPREL16_HIGHEST, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
732 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, FALSE
, dont
,
733 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
735 /* Like TPREL16, but for insns with a DS field. */
736 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
737 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
739 /* Like TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
740 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
741 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
743 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
744 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
745 to the first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
746 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
747 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
749 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
750 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
751 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
753 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
754 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
755 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
757 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
758 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
759 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
761 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
762 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
763 first entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
764 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
765 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
767 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
768 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
769 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
771 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
772 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
773 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
775 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
776 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
777 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
779 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
780 the offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
781 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
782 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
784 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
785 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
786 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
788 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
789 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
790 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
792 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
793 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
794 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
796 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
797 offset to the entry relative to the TOC base (r2). */
798 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
799 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
801 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_DS, but no overflow. */
802 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
, 1, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
803 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
805 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
806 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
807 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
809 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
810 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, signed,
811 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
813 HOW (R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
814 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
816 HOW (R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
817 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
819 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
820 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
821 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
823 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
824 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
825 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
827 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
828 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
829 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
831 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
832 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
833 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, signed,
836 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
837 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
839 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
842 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
843 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
845 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 32, TRUE
, dont
,
848 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
849 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
851 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 48, TRUE
, dont
,
854 /* Like R_PPC64_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
855 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
858 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
859 HOW (R_PPC64_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
862 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, but no overflow. */
863 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
864 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
866 /* Like R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, but no overflow. */
867 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
870 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
871 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
872 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
874 /* Like R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
875 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
876 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
878 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI, but no overflow. */
879 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
880 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
882 /* Like R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA, but no overflow. */
883 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
884 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
886 /* Marker reloc on ELFv2 large-model function entry. */
887 HOW (R_PPC64_ENTRY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
888 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
890 /* Like ADDR64, but use local entry point of function. */
891 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
, 4, 64, 0xffffffffffffffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
892 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
894 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
895 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
897 HOW (R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
898 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
900 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
901 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
903 HOW (R_PPC64_D34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
904 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
906 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_LO
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
907 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
909 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HI30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
910 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
912 HOW (R_PPC64_D34_HA30
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
913 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
915 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
916 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
918 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
919 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
921 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
922 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
924 HOW (R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
925 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
927 HOW (R_PPC64_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
928 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
930 HOW (R_PPC64_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
931 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
933 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
934 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
936 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
937 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
939 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
940 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
942 HOW (R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
, 4, 34, 0x3ffff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
943 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
945 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
946 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
948 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, FALSE
, dont
,
951 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
952 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
954 HOW (R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, FALSE
, dont
,
957 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
958 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
960 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 34, TRUE
, dont
,
963 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
964 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
966 HOW (R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 50, TRUE
, dont
,
969 HOW (R_PPC64_D28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, FALSE
, signed,
970 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
972 HOW (R_PPC64_PCREL28
, 4, 28, 0xfff0000ffffULL
, 0, TRUE
, signed,
973 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc
),
975 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
976 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
979 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
980 HOW (R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
985 /* Initialize the ppc64_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can
989 ppc_howto_init (void)
991 unsigned int i
, type
;
993 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
995 type
= ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
996 BFD_ASSERT (type
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
));
997 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1001 static reloc_howto_type
*
1002 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
1003 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
1005 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1007 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1008 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1014 /* xgettext:c-format */
1015 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"), abfd
,
1017 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1020 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
1022 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR32
;
1024 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR24
;
1026 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16
;
1028 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
;
1030 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
;
1032 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
;
1034 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
1036 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
;
1038 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14
;
1040 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
;
1042 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
;
1044 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
1046 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
: r
= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
;
1048 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14
;
1050 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
;
1052 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
;
1054 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16
;
1056 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
;
1058 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
;
1060 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
;
1062 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC64_COPY
;
1064 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
;
1066 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL32
;
1068 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT32
;
1070 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL32
;
1072 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
;
1074 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
;
1076 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
;
1078 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF
;
1080 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
;
1082 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
;
1084 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
;
1086 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1088 case BFD_RELOC_64
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64
;
1090 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
;
1092 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHER_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
;
1094 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
;
1096 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_HIGHEST_S
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
;
1098 case BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL64
;
1100 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT64
;
1102 case BFD_RELOC_64_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTREL64
;
1104 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
1106 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
1108 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
;
1110 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
1112 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC
;
1114 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
;
1116 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
;
1118 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
;
1120 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
;
1122 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
;
1124 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
;
1126 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
;
1128 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
;
1130 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
;
1132 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
;
1134 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
;
1136 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
;
1138 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
;
1140 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
;
1142 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
;
1144 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TLS_PCREL
:
1145 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC64_TLS
;
1147 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSGD
;
1149 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC64_TLSLD
;
1151 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
;
1153 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16
;
1155 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
1157 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
;
1159 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
;
1161 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
1163 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
;
1165 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
1167 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16
;
1169 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
;
1171 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
;
1173 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
;
1175 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
;
1177 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
;
1179 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL64
;
1181 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
;
1183 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
;
1185 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
;
1187 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
;
1189 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
;
1191 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
;
1193 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
;
1195 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
;
1197 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
;
1199 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1201 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
;
1203 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
;
1205 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
;
1207 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1209 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
;
1211 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
;
1213 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
;
1215 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
;
1217 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
;
1219 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1221 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1223 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1225 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
;
1227 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
;
1229 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
;
1231 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
;
1233 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
;
1235 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
;
1237 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16
;
1239 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_LO
;
1241 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HI
;
1243 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HA
;
1245 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
;
1247 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
;
1249 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
;
1251 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
;
1253 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
;
1255 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
;
1257 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_16DX_HA
;
1259 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
;
1261 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_ENTRY
;
1263 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
;
1265 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34
: r
= R_PPC64_D34
;
1267 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_LO
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_LO
;
1269 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HI30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HI30
;
1271 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D34_HA30
: r
= R_PPC64_D34_HA30
;
1273 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
1275 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
;
1277 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
;
1279 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
1281 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_DTPREL34
;
1283 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
;
1285 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
;
1287 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
;
1289 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
: r
= R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
;
1291 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
;
1293 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
;
1295 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
;
1297 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
;
1299 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
;
1301 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
;
1303 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
;
1305 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
: r
= R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
;
1307 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_D28
: r
= R_PPC64_D28
;
1309 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PCREL28
: r
= R_PPC64_PCREL28
;
1311 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
;
1313 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
;
1317 return ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r
];
1320 static reloc_howto_type
*
1321 ppc64_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1326 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
); i
++)
1327 if (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
1328 && strcasecmp (ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
1329 return &ppc64_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
1334 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
1337 ppc64_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*cache_ptr
,
1338 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
1342 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
1343 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
1346 type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
1347 if (type
>= ARRAY_SIZE (ppc64_elf_howto_table
))
1349 /* xgettext:c-format */
1350 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1352 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1355 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[type
];
1356 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
|| cache_ptr
->howto
->name
== NULL
)
1358 /* xgettext:c-format */
1359 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
1361 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1368 /* Handle the R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA and similar relocs. */
1370 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1371 ppc64_elf_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1372 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1373 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1375 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1377 bfd_size_type octets
;
1380 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1381 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1383 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1384 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1385 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1387 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 (or 34) bits.
1388 We won't actually be using the low bits, so trashing them
1390 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1391 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
1392 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
1393 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
1394 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
)
1395 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
1397 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 1U << 15;
1398 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
)
1399 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1402 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1403 value
= symbol
->value
;
1404 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
1405 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1406 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
1407 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
1408 + input_section
->output_offset
1409 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1410 value
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
>> 16;
1412 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1413 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1415 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
1416 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1417 if (value
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
1418 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1419 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1422 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1423 ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1424 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1425 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1427 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1428 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1429 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1431 if (strcmp (symbol
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
1432 && (symbol
->section
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
1434 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (symbol
->section
,
1435 symbol
->value
+ reloc_entry
->addend
,
1437 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
1438 reloc_entry
->addend
= dest
- (symbol
->value
1439 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1440 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
);
1444 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
;
1446 if (symbol
->section
->owner
!= abfd
1447 && symbol
->section
->owner
!= NULL
1448 && abiversion (symbol
->section
->owner
) >= 2)
1452 for (i
= 0; i
< symbol
->section
->owner
->symcount
; ++i
)
1454 asymbol
*symdef
= symbol
->section
->owner
->outsymbols
[i
];
1456 if (strcmp (symdef
->name
, symbol
->name
) == 0)
1458 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) symdef
;
1464 += PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
1466 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1469 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1470 ppc64_elf_brtaken_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1471 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1472 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1475 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
1476 bfd_size_type octets
;
1477 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
1478 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
1480 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1481 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1483 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1484 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1485 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1487 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1488 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1489 insn
&= ~(0x01 << 21);
1490 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
1491 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
1492 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
1493 insn
|= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
1497 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
1498 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
1499 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
1500 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
1502 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
1512 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1513 target
= symbol
->value
;
1514 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1515 target
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
1516 target
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
1518 from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1519 + input_section
->output_offset
1520 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1522 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
1523 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (target
- from
) < 0)
1526 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1528 return ppc64_elf_branch_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1529 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1532 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1533 ppc64_elf_sectoff_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1534 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1535 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1537 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1538 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1540 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1541 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1542 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1544 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1545 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1546 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1549 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1550 ppc64_elf_sectoff_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1551 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1552 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1554 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1555 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1557 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1558 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1559 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1561 /* Subtract the symbol section base address. */
1562 reloc_entry
->addend
-= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
1564 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1565 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1566 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1569 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1570 ppc64_elf_toc_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1571 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1572 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1576 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1577 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1579 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1580 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1581 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1583 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1585 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1587 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1588 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1589 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1592 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1593 ppc64_elf_toc_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1594 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1595 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1599 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1600 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1602 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1603 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1604 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1606 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1608 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1610 /* Subtract the TOC base address. */
1611 reloc_entry
->addend
-= TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
1613 /* Adjust the addend for sign extension of the low 16 bits. */
1614 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
1615 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1618 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1619 ppc64_elf_toc64_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1620 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1621 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1624 bfd_size_type octets
;
1626 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1627 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1629 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1630 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1631 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1633 TOCstart
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1635 TOCstart
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (NULL
, input_section
->output_section
->owner
);
1637 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* OCTETS_PER_BYTE (abfd
, input_section
);
1638 bfd_put_64 (abfd
, TOCstart
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
1639 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1642 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1643 ppc64_elf_prefix_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1644 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1645 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1650 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1651 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1652 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1654 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1656 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1658 targ
= (symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
1659 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
1660 + reloc_entry
->addend
);
1661 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1662 targ
+= symbol
->value
;
1663 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->type
== R_PPC64_D34_HA30
)
1665 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
1667 bfd_vma from
= (reloc_entry
->address
1668 + input_section
->output_offset
1669 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
1672 targ
>>= reloc_entry
->howto
->rightshift
;
1673 insn
&= ~reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1674 insn
|= ((targ
<< 16) | (targ
& 0xffff)) & reloc_entry
->howto
->dst_mask
;
1675 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
);
1676 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
+ 4);
1677 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
1678 && (targ
+ (1ULL << (reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
- 1))
1679 >= 1ULL << reloc_entry
->howto
->bitsize
))
1680 return bfd_reloc_overflow
;
1681 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1684 static bfd_reloc_status_type
1685 ppc64_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
1686 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
1687 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
1689 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
1690 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
1692 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
1693 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
1694 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
1696 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
1698 static char buf
[60];
1699 sprintf (buf
, "generic linker can't handle %s",
1700 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
1701 *error_message
= buf
;
1703 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
1706 /* Track GOT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
1707 than one got entry per symbol. */
1710 struct got_entry
*next
;
1712 /* The symbol addend that we'll be placing in the GOT. */
1715 /* Unlike other ELF targets, we use separate GOT entries for the same
1716 symbol referenced from different input files. This is to support
1717 automatic multiple TOC/GOT sections, where the TOC base can vary
1718 from one input file to another. After partitioning into TOC groups
1719 we merge entries within the group.
1721 Point to the BFD owning this GOT entry. */
1724 /* Zero for non-tls entries, or TLS_TLS and one of TLS_GD, TLS_LD,
1725 TLS_TPREL or TLS_DTPREL for tls entries. */
1726 unsigned char tls_type
;
1728 /* Non-zero if got.ent points to real entry. */
1729 unsigned char is_indirect
;
1731 /* Reference count until size_dynamic_sections, GOT offset thereafter. */
1734 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1736 struct got_entry
*ent
;
1740 /* The same for PLT. */
1743 struct plt_entry
*next
;
1749 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
1754 struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
1756 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1758 /* Shortcuts to dynamic linker sections. */
1762 /* Used during garbage collection. We attach global symbols defined
1763 on removed .opd entries to this section so that the sym is removed. */
1764 asection
*deleted_section
;
1766 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. Support for multiple GOT
1767 sections means we potentially need one of these for each input bfd. */
1768 struct got_entry tlsld_got
;
1772 /* A copy of relocs before they are modified for --emit-relocs. */
1773 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
1775 /* Section contents. */
1779 /* Nonzero if this bfd has small toc/got relocs, ie. that expect
1780 the reloc to be in the range -32768 to 32767. */
1781 unsigned int has_small_toc_reloc
: 1;
1783 /* Set if toc/got ha relocs detected not using r2, or lo reloc
1784 instruction not one we handle. */
1785 unsigned int unexpected_toc_insn
: 1;
1787 /* Set if PLT/GOT/TOC relocs that can be optimised are present in
1789 unsigned int has_optrel
: 1;
1792 #define ppc64_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1793 ((struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1795 #define ppc64_tlsld_got(bfd) \
1796 (&ppc64_elf_tdata (bfd)->tlsld_got)
1798 #define is_ppc64_elf(bfd) \
1799 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1800 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC64_ELF_DATA)
1802 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1805 ppc64_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1807 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc64_elf_obj_tdata
),
1811 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 64 bit input bfd when the
1812 default is 32 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1815 ppc64_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1817 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1820 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32)
1822 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1824 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
1826 /* Relies on arch after 32 bit default being 64 bit default. */
1827 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1828 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64);
1831 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1834 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1837 ppc64_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1839 size_t offset
, size
;
1841 if (note
->descsz
!= 504)
1845 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1848 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32);
1854 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1855 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1856 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1860 ppc64_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1862 if (note
->descsz
!= 136)
1865 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1866 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1867 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1868 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 40, 16);
1869 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1870 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 56, 80);
1876 ppc64_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
,
1886 char data
[136] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1889 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1890 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1891 strncpy (data
+ 40, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1892 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1894 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1895 -Wstringop-truncation:
1896 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1898 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1900 strncpy (data
+ 56, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1901 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1905 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1906 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1917 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1918 memset (data
, 0, 112);
1919 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1920 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 32);
1921 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1922 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1923 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1924 memcpy (data
+ 112, greg
, 384);
1925 memset (data
+ 496, 0, 8);
1927 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1928 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1933 /* Add extra PPC sections. */
1935 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc64_elf_special_sections
[] =
1937 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, 0 },
1938 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1939 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1940 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1941 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".toc1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1942 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tocbss"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1943 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1946 enum _ppc64_sec_type
{
1952 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
1954 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
1958 /* An array with one entry for each opd function descriptor,
1959 and some spares since opd entries may be either 16 or 24 bytes. */
1960 #define OPD_NDX(OFF) ((OFF) >> 4)
1961 struct _opd_sec_data
1963 /* Points to the function code section for local opd entries. */
1964 asection
**func_sec
;
1966 /* After editing .opd, adjust references to opd local syms. */
1970 /* An array for toc sections, indexed by offset/8. */
1971 struct _toc_sec_data
1973 /* Specifies the relocation symbol index used at a given toc offset. */
1976 /* And the relocation addend. */
1981 enum _ppc64_sec_type sec_type
:2;
1983 /* Flag set when small branches are detected. Used to
1984 select suitable defaults for the stub group size. */
1985 unsigned int has_14bit_branch
:1;
1987 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
1988 unsigned int has_pltcall
:1;
1990 /* Flag set when section has PLT/GOT/TOC relocations that can be
1992 unsigned int has_optrel
:1;
1995 #define ppc64_elf_section_data(sec) \
1996 ((struct _ppc64_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
1999 ppc64_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2001 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
2003 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2004 size_t amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
2006 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2009 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2012 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2016 ppc64_elf_section_flags (const Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
2018 const char *name
= hdr
->bfd_section
->name
;
2020 if (strncmp (name
, ".sbss", 5) == 0
2021 || strncmp (name
, ".sdata", 6) == 0)
2022 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
|= SEC_SMALL_DATA
;
2027 static struct _opd_sec_data
*
2028 get_opd_info (asection
* sec
)
2031 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) != NULL
2032 && ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
)
2033 return &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
2037 /* Parameters for the qsort hook. */
2038 static bfd_boolean synthetic_relocatable
;
2039 static asection
*synthetic_opd
;
2041 /* qsort comparison function for ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab. */
2044 compare_symbols (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
2046 const asymbol
*a
= *(const asymbol
**) ap
;
2047 const asymbol
*b
= *(const asymbol
**) bp
;
2049 /* Section symbols first. */
2050 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && !(b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2052 if (!(a
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) && (b
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
))
2055 /* then .opd symbols. */
2056 if (synthetic_opd
!= NULL
)
2058 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0
2059 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2061 if (strcmp (a
->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0
2062 && strcmp (b
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2066 /* then other code symbols. */
2067 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2068 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2069 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2070 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2073 if (((a
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2074 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2075 && ((b
->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2076 == (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
)))
2079 if (synthetic_relocatable
)
2081 if (a
->section
->id
< b
->section
->id
)
2084 if (a
->section
->id
> b
->section
->id
)
2088 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
< b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2091 if (a
->value
+ a
->section
->vma
> b
->value
+ b
->section
->vma
)
2094 /* For syms with the same value, prefer strong dynamic global function
2095 syms over other syms. */
2096 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0)
2099 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
) != 0)
2102 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0)
2105 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
2108 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0)
2111 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_WEAK
) == 0)
2114 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0)
2117 if ((a
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) == 0 && (b
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0)
2120 /* Finally, sort on where the symbol is in memory. The symbols will
2121 be in at most two malloc'd blocks, one for static syms, one for
2122 dynamic syms, and we distinguish the two blocks above by testing
2123 BSF_DYNAMIC. Since we are sorting the symbol pointers which were
2124 originally in the same order as the symbols (and we're not
2125 sorting the symbols themselves), this ensures a stable sort. */
2133 /* Search SYMS for a symbol of the given VALUE. */
2136 sym_exists_at (asymbol
**syms
, size_t lo
, size_t hi
, unsigned int id
,
2141 if (id
== (unsigned) -1)
2145 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2146 if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< value
)
2148 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
+ syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> value
)
2158 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2159 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
< id
)
2161 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->id
> id
)
2163 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
< value
)
2165 else if (syms
[mid
]->value
> value
)
2175 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
2177 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
2178 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2179 && section
->vma
<= vma
2180 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
2183 /* Create synthetic symbols, effectively restoring "dot-symbol" function
2184 entry syms. Also generate @plt symbols for the glink branch table.
2185 Returns count of synthetic symbols in RET or -1 on error. */
2188 ppc64_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
2189 long static_count
, asymbol
**static_syms
,
2190 long dyn_count
, asymbol
**dyn_syms
,
2196 size_t symcount
, codesecsym
, codesecsymend
, secsymend
, opdsymend
;
2197 asection
*opd
= NULL
;
2198 bfd_boolean relocatable
= (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0;
2200 int abi
= abiversion (abfd
);
2206 opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".opd");
2207 if (opd
== NULL
&& abi
== 1)
2219 symcount
= static_count
;
2221 symcount
+= dyn_count
;
2225 syms
= bfd_malloc ((symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2229 if (!relocatable
&& static_count
!= 0 && dyn_count
!= 0)
2231 /* Use both symbol tables. */
2232 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, static_count
* sizeof (*syms
));
2233 memcpy (syms
+ static_count
, dyn_syms
,
2234 (dyn_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2236 else if (!relocatable
&& static_count
== 0)
2237 memcpy (syms
, dyn_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2239 memcpy (syms
, static_syms
, (symcount
+ 1) * sizeof (*syms
));
2241 /* Trim uninteresting symbols. Interesting symbols are section,
2242 function, and notype symbols. */
2243 for (i
= 0, j
= 0; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2244 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& (BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
| BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
2245 | BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) == 0)
2246 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2249 synthetic_relocatable
= relocatable
;
2250 synthetic_opd
= opd
;
2251 qsort (syms
, symcount
, sizeof (*syms
), compare_symbols
);
2253 if (!relocatable
&& symcount
> 1)
2255 /* Trim duplicate syms, since we may have merged the normal
2256 and dynamic symbols. Actually, we only care about syms
2257 that have different values, so trim any with the same
2258 value. Don't consider ifunc and ifunc resolver symbols
2259 duplicates however, because GDB wants to know whether a
2260 text symbol is an ifunc resolver. */
2261 for (i
= 1, j
= 1; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2263 const asymbol
*s0
= syms
[i
- 1];
2264 const asymbol
*s1
= syms
[i
];
2266 if ((s0
->value
+ s0
->section
->vma
2267 != s1
->value
+ s1
->section
->vma
)
2268 || ((s0
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)
2269 != (s1
->flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
)))
2270 syms
[j
++] = syms
[i
];
2276 /* Note that here and in compare_symbols we can't compare opd and
2277 sym->section directly. With separate debug info files, the
2278 symbols will be extracted from the debug file while abfd passed
2279 to this function is the real binary. */
2280 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
2284 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2285 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
& (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
2286 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
))
2287 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2288 || (syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2292 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2293 if ((syms
[i
]->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
2297 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2298 if (strcmp (syms
[i
]->section
->name
, ".opd") != 0)
2302 for (; i
< symcount
; ++i
)
2303 if (((syms
[i
]->section
->flags
2304 & (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
2305 != (SEC_CODE
| SEC_ALLOC
))
2313 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2318 if (opdsymend
== secsymend
)
2321 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2322 relcount
= (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) ? opd
->reloc_count
: 0;
2326 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, opd
, static_syms
, FALSE
))
2333 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2337 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2338 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2341 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2344 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2347 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2350 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2351 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2352 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2355 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2356 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2362 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2369 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
2371 for (i
= secsymend
, r
= opd
->relocation
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2375 while (r
< opd
->relocation
+ relcount
2376 && r
->address
< syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2379 if (r
== opd
->relocation
+ relcount
)
2382 if (r
->address
!= syms
[i
]->value
+ opd
->vma
)
2385 if (r
->howto
->type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
2388 sym
= *r
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2389 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
,
2390 sym
->section
->id
, sym
->value
+ r
->addend
))
2395 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2396 s
->section
= sym
->section
;
2397 s
->value
= sym
->value
+ r
->addend
;
2400 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2401 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2403 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2404 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2405 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2412 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
2413 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
2415 size_t plt_count
= 0;
2416 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0, resolv_vma
= 0;
2417 asection
*dynamic
, *glink
= NULL
, *relplt
= NULL
;
2420 if (opd
!= NULL
&& !bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, opd
, &contents
))
2422 free_contents_and_exit_err
:
2424 free_contents_and_exit
:
2431 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2435 /* Ignore bogus symbols. */
2436 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2439 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2440 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2443 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
);
2444 size
+= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
) + 2;
2448 /* Get start of .glink stubs from DT_PPC64_GLINK. */
2450 && (dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
2452 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
2454 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
2456 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
2457 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2459 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2460 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
2463 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
2464 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
2466 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
2467 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
2469 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
2472 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC64_GLINK
)
2474 /* The first glink stub starts at DT_PPC64_GLINK plus 32.
2475 See comment in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections. */
2476 glink_vma
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
+ 8 * 4;
2477 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
2478 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
2479 glink stubs now reside. */
2480 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
,
2491 /* Determine __glink trampoline by reading the relative branch
2492 from the first glink stub. */
2494 unsigned int off
= 0;
2496 while (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
2497 glink_vma
+ off
- glink
->vma
, 4))
2499 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
2501 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
2504 = glink_vma
+ off
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
2513 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2515 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
2518 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
2519 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dyn_syms
, TRUE
))
2520 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2522 plt_count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
2523 size
+= plt_count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
2525 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2526 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2528 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
2530 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 16;
2536 goto free_contents_and_exit
;
2537 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2539 goto free_contents_and_exit_err
;
2541 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ plt_count
+ (resolv_vma
!= 0));
2543 for (i
= secsymend
; i
< opdsymend
; ++i
)
2547 if (syms
[i
]->value
> opd
->size
- 8)
2550 ent
= bfd_get_64 (abfd
, contents
+ syms
[i
]->value
);
2551 if (!sym_exists_at (syms
, opdsymend
, symcount
, -1, ent
))
2555 asection
*sec
= abfd
->sections
;
2562 size_t mid
= (lo
+ hi
) >> 1;
2563 if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
< ent
)
2565 else if (syms
[mid
]->section
->vma
> ent
)
2569 sec
= syms
[mid
]->section
;
2574 if (lo
>= hi
&& lo
> codesecsym
)
2575 sec
= syms
[lo
- 1]->section
;
2577 for (; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2581 /* SEC_LOAD may not be set if SEC is from a separate debug
2583 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2585 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2588 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2589 s
->value
= ent
- s
->section
->vma
;
2592 len
= strlen (syms
[i
]->name
);
2593 memcpy (names
, syms
[i
]->name
, len
+ 1);
2595 /* Have udata.p point back to the original symbol this
2596 synthetic symbol was derived from. */
2597 s
->udata
.p
= syms
[i
];
2603 if (glink
!= NULL
&& relplt
!= NULL
)
2607 /* Add a symbol for the main glink trampoline. */
2608 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
2610 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2612 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2614 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
2615 sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2616 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2621 /* FIXME: It would be very much nicer to put sym@plt on the
2622 stub rather than on the glink branch table entry. The
2623 objdump disassembler would then use a sensible symbol
2624 name on plt calls. The difficulty in doing so is
2625 a) finding the stubs, and,
2626 b) matching stubs against plt entries, and,
2627 c) there can be multiple stubs for a given plt entry.
2629 Solving (a) could be done by code scanning, but older
2630 ppc64 binaries used different stubs to current code.
2631 (b) is the tricky one since you need to known the toc
2632 pointer for at least one function that uses a pic stub to
2633 be able to calculate the plt address referenced.
2634 (c) means gdb would need to set multiple breakpoints (or
2635 find the glink branch itself) when setting breakpoints
2636 for pending shared library loads. */
2637 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
2638 for (i
= 0; i
< plt_count
; i
++, p
++)
2642 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
2643 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
2644 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
2645 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
2646 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
2647 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2649 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2652 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
2653 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
2657 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
2658 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
2659 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
2660 names
+= strlen (names
);
2662 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
2663 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
2683 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2684 functions above are used generally. Those named ppc64_elf_* are
2685 called by the main ELF linker code. They appear in this file more
2686 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2687 ppc64_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2688 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2691 PowerPC64-ELF uses a similar scheme to PowerPC64-XCOFF in that
2692 functions have both a function code symbol and a function descriptor
2693 symbol. A call to foo in a relocatable object file looks like:
2700 The function definition in another object file might be:
2704 . .quad .TOC.@tocbase
2710 When the linker resolves the call during a static link, the branch
2711 unsurprisingly just goes to .foo and the .opd information is unused.
2712 If the function definition is in a shared library, things are a little
2713 different: The call goes via a plt call stub, the opd information gets
2714 copied to the plt, and the linker patches the nop.
2722 . std 2,40(1) # in practice, the call stub
2723 . addis 11,2,Lfoo@toc@ha # is slightly optimized, but
2724 . addi 11,11,Lfoo@toc@l # this is the general idea
2732 . Lfoo: reloc (R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT, foo)
2734 The "reloc ()" notation is supposed to indicate that the linker emits
2735 an R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT reloc against foo. The dynamic linker does the opd
2738 What are the difficulties here? Well, firstly, the relocations
2739 examined by the linker in check_relocs are against the function code
2740 sym .foo, while the dynamic relocation in the plt is emitted against
2741 the function descriptor symbol, foo. Somewhere along the line, we need
2742 to carefully copy dynamic link information from one symbol to the other.
2743 Secondly, the generic part of the elf linker will make .foo a dynamic
2744 symbol as is normal for most other backends. We need foo dynamic
2745 instead, at least for an application final link. However, when
2746 creating a shared library containing foo, we need to have both symbols
2747 dynamic so that references to .foo are satisfied during the early
2748 stages of linking. Otherwise the linker might decide to pull in a
2749 definition from some other object, eg. a static library.
2751 Update: As of August 2004, we support a new convention. Function
2752 calls may use the function descriptor symbol, ie. "bl foo". This
2753 behaves exactly as "bl .foo". */
2755 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2756 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2757 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2760 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2761 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
2766 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2767 address isn't fixed. DTPREL64 is excluded because the
2768 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2769 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC64_OPT_TLS is set. */
2776 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
2777 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
2778 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
2779 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
2780 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
2783 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
2784 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
2785 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
2786 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
2787 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
2788 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
2789 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
2790 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
2791 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
2792 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
2793 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
2794 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
2795 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
2796 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
2797 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2798 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2799 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2803 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2804 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's .dynbss
2805 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2806 shared lib. With code that gcc generates it is vital that this be
2807 enabled; In the PowerPC64 ELFv1 ABI the address of a function is
2808 actually the address of a function descriptor which resides in the
2809 .opd section. gcc uses the descriptor directly rather than going
2810 via the GOT as some other ABIs do, which means that initialized
2811 function pointers reference the descriptor. Thus, a function
2812 pointer initialized to the address of a function in a shared
2813 library will either require a .dynbss copy and a copy reloc, or a
2814 dynamic reloc. Using a .dynbss copy redefines the function
2815 descriptor symbol to point to the copy. This presents a problem as
2816 a PLT entry for that function is also initialized from the function
2817 descriptor symbol and the copy may not be initialized first. */
2818 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2820 /* Section name for stubs is the associated section name plus this
2822 #define STUB_SUFFIX ".stub"
2825 ppc_stub_long_branch:
2826 Used when a 14 bit branch (or even a 24 bit branch) can't reach its
2827 destination, but a 24 bit branch in a stub section will reach.
2830 ppc_stub_plt_branch:
2831 Similar to the above, but a 24 bit branch in the stub section won't
2832 reach its destination.
2833 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2834 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2839 Used to call a function in a shared library. If it so happens that
2840 the plt entry referenced crosses a 64k boundary, then an extra
2841 "addi %r11,%r11,xxx@toc@l" will be inserted before the "mtctr".
2842 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save starts with "std %r2,40(%r1)".
2843 . addis %r11,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2844 . ld %r12,xxx+0@toc@l(%r11)
2846 . ld %r2,xxx+8@toc@l(%r11)
2847 . ld %r11,xxx+16@toc@l(%r11)
2850 ppc_stub_long_branch and ppc_stub_plt_branch may also have additional
2851 code to adjust the value and save r2 to support multiple toc sections.
2852 A ppc_stub_long_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2854 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2855 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2858 A ppc_stub_plt_branch with an r2 offset looks like:
2860 . addis %r12,%r2,xxx@toc@ha
2861 . ld %r12,xxx@toc@l(%r12)
2862 . addis %r2,%r2,off@ha
2863 . addi %r2,%r2,off@l
2867 All of the above stubs are shown as their ELFv1 variants. ELFv2
2868 variants exist too, simpler for plt calls since a new toc pointer
2869 and static chain are not loaded by the stub. In addition, ELFv2
2870 has some more complex stubs to handle calls marked with NOTOC
2871 relocs from functions where r2 is not a valid toc pointer. These
2872 come in two flavours, the ones shown below, and _both variants that
2873 start with "std %r2,24(%r1)" to save r2 in the unlikely event that
2874 one call is from a function where r2 is used as the toc pointer but
2875 needs a toc adjusting stub for small-model multi-toc, and another
2876 call is from a function where r2 is not valid.
2877 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2883 . addis %r12,%r11,dest-1b@ha
2884 . addi %r12,%r12,dest-1b@l
2887 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2893 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2894 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2896 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2897 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2898 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2902 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2908 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
2909 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
2911 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
2912 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
2913 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2917 There are also ELFv1 powerxx variants of these stubs.
2918 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc:
2919 . pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2921 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc:
2922 . lis %r11,(dest-1f)@highesta34
2923 . ori %r11,%r11,(dest-1f)@highera34
2925 . 1: pla %r12,dest@pcrel
2926 . add %r12,%r11,%r12
2929 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc:
2930 . lis %r11,(xxx-1f)@highesta34
2931 . ori %r11,%r11,(xxx-1f)@highera34
2933 . 1: pla %r12,xxx@pcrel
2934 . ldx %r12,%r11,%r12
2938 In cases where the high instructions would add zero, they are
2939 omitted and following instructions modified in some cases.
2940 For example, a powerxx ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc might simplify down
2942 . pld %r12,xxx@pcrel
2946 For a given stub group (a set of sections all using the same toc
2947 pointer value) there will be just one stub type used for any
2948 particular function symbol. For example, if printf is called from
2949 code with the tocsave optimization (ie. r2 saved in function
2950 prologue) and therefore calls use a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub,
2951 and from other code without the tocsave optimization requiring a
2952 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save linkage stub, a single stub of the latter
2953 type will be created. Calls with the tocsave optimization will
2954 enter this stub after the instruction saving r2. A similar
2955 situation exists when calls are marked with R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
2956 relocations. These require a ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub
2957 to call an external function like printf. If other calls to printf
2958 require a ppc_stub_plt_call linkage stub then a single
2959 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc linkage stub will be used for both types of
2960 call. If other calls to printf require a ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
2961 linkage stub then a single ppc_stub_plt_call_both linkage stub will
2962 be created and calls not requiring r2 to be saved will enter the
2963 stub after the r2 save instruction. There is an analogous
2964 hierarchy of long branch and plt branch stubs for local call
2970 ppc_stub_long_branch
,
2971 ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
,
2972 ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
,
2973 ppc_stub_long_branch_both
, /* r2off and notoc variants both needed. */
2974 ppc_stub_plt_branch
,
2975 ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
,
2976 ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
,
2977 ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
,
2979 ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
,
2980 ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
,
2981 ppc_stub_plt_call_both
,
2982 ppc_stub_global_entry
,
2986 /* Information on stub grouping. */
2989 /* The stub section. */
2991 /* This is the section to which stubs in the group will be attached. */
2994 struct map_stub
*next
;
2995 /* Whether to emit a copy of register save/restore functions in this
2998 /* Current offset within stubs after the insn restoring lr in a
2999 _notoc or _both stub using bcl for pc-relative addressing, or
3000 after the insn restoring lr in a __tls_get_addr_opt plt stub. */
3001 unsigned int lr_restore
;
3002 /* Accumulated size of EH info emitted to describe return address
3003 if stubs modify lr. Does not include 17 byte FDE header. */
3004 unsigned int eh_size
;
3005 /* Offset in glink_eh_frame to the start of EH info for this group. */
3006 unsigned int eh_base
;
3009 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
3011 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3012 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3014 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
3016 /* Group information. */
3017 struct map_stub
*group
;
3019 /* Offset within stub_sec of the beginning of this stub. */
3020 bfd_vma stub_offset
;
3022 /* Given the symbol's value and its section we can determine its final
3023 value when building the stubs (so the stub knows where to jump. */
3024 bfd_vma target_value
;
3025 asection
*target_section
;
3027 /* The symbol table entry, if any, that this was derived from. */
3028 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3029 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
3032 unsigned char symtype
;
3034 /* Symbol st_other. */
3035 unsigned char other
;
3038 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
3040 /* Base hash table entry structure. */
3041 struct bfd_hash_entry root
;
3043 /* Offset within branch lookup table. */
3044 unsigned int offset
;
3046 /* Generation marker. */
3050 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
3051 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
3053 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
3055 /* The input section of the reloc. */
3058 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
3059 unsigned int count
: 31;
3061 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
3062 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
3065 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
3067 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
3071 /* A pointer to the most recently used stub hash entry against this
3073 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_cache
;
3075 /* A pointer to the next symbol starting with a '.' */
3076 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*next_dot_sym
;
3079 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
3080 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*dyn_relocs
;
3082 /* Link between function code and descriptor symbols. */
3083 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*oh
;
3085 /* Flag function code and descriptor symbols. */
3086 unsigned int is_func
:1;
3087 unsigned int is_func_descriptor
:1;
3088 unsigned int fake
:1;
3090 /* Whether global opd/toc sym has been adjusted or not.
3091 After ppc64_elf_edit_opd/ppc64_elf_edit_toc has run, this flag
3092 should be set for all globals defined in any opd/toc section. */
3093 unsigned int adjust_done
:1;
3095 /* Set if this is an out-of-line register save/restore function,
3096 with non-standard calling convention. */
3097 unsigned int save_res
:1;
3099 /* Set if a duplicate symbol with non-zero localentry is detected,
3100 even when the duplicate symbol does not provide a definition. */
3101 unsigned int non_zero_localentry
:1;
3103 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT (or TOC).
3104 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
3105 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
3106 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
3107 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
3108 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
3109 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
3110 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
3111 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
3112 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
3113 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
3114 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
3115 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
3116 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
3117 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
3118 #define TLS_EXPLICIT 256 /* TOC section TLS reloc, not stored. */
3119 unsigned char tls_mask
;
3121 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
3122 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
3123 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
3124 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
3125 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
3128 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3129 ppc_elf_hash_entry (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ent
)
3131 return (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) ent
;
3134 /* ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3136 struct ppc_link_hash_table
3138 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
3140 /* The stub hash table. */
3141 struct bfd_hash_table stub_hash_table
;
3143 /* Another hash table for plt_branch stubs. */
3144 struct bfd_hash_table branch_hash_table
;
3146 /* Hash table for function prologue tocsave. */
3147 htab_t tocsave_htab
;
3149 /* Various options and other info passed from the linker. */
3150 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
;
3152 /* The size of sec_info below. */
3153 unsigned int sec_info_arr_size
;
3155 /* Per-section array of extra section info. Done this way rather
3156 than as part of ppc64_elf_section_data so we have the info for
3157 non-ppc64 sections. */
3160 /* Along with elf_gp, specifies the TOC pointer used by this section. */
3165 /* The section group that this section belongs to. */
3166 struct map_stub
*group
;
3167 /* A temp section list pointer. */
3172 /* Linked list of groups. */
3173 struct map_stub
*group
;
3175 /* Temp used when calculating TOC pointers. */
3178 asection
*toc_first_sec
;
3180 /* Used when adding symbols. */
3181 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*dot_syms
;
3183 /* Shortcuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
3185 asection
*global_entry
;
3188 asection
*relpltlocal
;
3191 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
3193 /* Shortcut to .__tls_get_addr and __tls_get_addr. */
3194 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
3195 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr_fd
;
3196 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc
;
3197 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*tga_desc_fd
;
3198 struct map_stub
*tga_group
;
3200 /* The size of reliplt used by got entry relocs. */
3201 bfd_size_type got_reli_size
;
3204 unsigned long stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
];
3206 /* Number of stubs against global syms. */
3207 unsigned long stub_globals
;
3209 /* Set if we're linking code with function descriptors. */
3210 unsigned int opd_abi
:1;
3212 /* Support for multiple toc sections. */
3213 unsigned int do_multi_toc
:1;
3214 unsigned int multi_toc_needed
:1;
3215 unsigned int second_toc_pass
:1;
3216 unsigned int do_toc_opt
:1;
3218 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
3219 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
3221 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
3222 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
3225 unsigned int stub_error
:1;
3227 /* Whether func_desc_adjust needs to be run over symbols. */
3228 unsigned int need_func_desc_adj
:1;
3230 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
3231 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
3232 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
3233 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
3235 /* Whether plt calls for ELFv2 localentry:0 funcs have been optimized. */
3236 unsigned int has_plt_localentry0
:1;
3238 /* Whether calls are made via the PLT from NOTOC functions. */
3239 unsigned int notoc_plt
:1;
3241 /* Whether to use powerxx instructions in linkage stubs. */
3242 unsigned int powerxx_stubs
:1;
3244 /* Incremented every time we size stubs. */
3245 unsigned int stub_iteration
;
3247 /* Small local sym cache. */
3248 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
3251 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
3254 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
3255 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
3257 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
3259 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
3261 /* Nonzero if this section has any toc or got relocs. */
3262 #define has_toc_reloc sec_flg2
3264 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to another section that uses
3266 #define makes_toc_func_call sec_flg3
3268 /* Recursion protection when determining above flag. */
3269 #define call_check_in_progress sec_flg4
3270 #define call_check_done sec_flg5
3272 /* Get the ppc64 ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
3274 #define ppc_hash_table(p) \
3275 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
3276 == PPC64_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
3278 #define ppc_stub_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3279 ((struct ppc_stub_hash_entry *) \
3280 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3282 #define ppc_branch_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy) \
3283 ((struct ppc_branch_hash_entry *) \
3284 bfd_hash_lookup ((table), (string), (create), (copy)))
3286 /* Create an entry in the stub hash table. */
3288 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3289 stub_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3290 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3293 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3297 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
));
3302 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3303 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3306 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*eh
;
3308 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3309 eh
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3310 eh
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_none
;
3312 eh
->stub_offset
= 0;
3313 eh
->target_value
= 0;
3314 eh
->target_section
= NULL
;
3323 /* Create an entry in the branch hash table. */
3325 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3326 branch_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3327 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3330 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3334 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
));
3339 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3340 entry
= bfd_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3343 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*eh
;
3345 /* Initialize the local fields. */
3346 eh
= (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3354 /* Create an entry in a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3356 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
3357 link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
3358 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
3361 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
3365 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
));
3370 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
3371 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
3374 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
3376 memset (&eh
->u
.stub_cache
, 0,
3377 (sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
)
3378 - offsetof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
, u
.stub_cache
)));
3380 /* When making function calls, old ABI code references function entry
3381 points (dot symbols), while new ABI code references the function
3382 descriptor symbol. We need to make any combination of reference and
3383 definition work together, without breaking archive linking.
3385 For a defined function "foo" and an undefined call to "bar":
3386 An old object defines "foo" and ".foo", references ".bar" (possibly
3388 A new object defines "foo" and references "bar".
3390 A new object thus has no problem with its undefined symbols being
3391 satisfied by definitions in an old object. On the other hand, the
3392 old object won't have ".bar" satisfied by a new object.
3394 Keep a list of newly added dot-symbols. */
3396 if (string
[0] == '.')
3398 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3400 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) table
;
3401 eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
= htab
->dot_syms
;
3402 htab
->dot_syms
= eh
;
3409 struct tocsave_entry
3416 tocsave_htab_hash (const void *p
)
3418 const struct tocsave_entry
*e
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p
;
3419 return ((bfd_vma
) (intptr_t) e
->sec
^ e
->offset
) >> 3;
3423 tocsave_htab_eq (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
3425 const struct tocsave_entry
*e1
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p1
;
3426 const struct tocsave_entry
*e2
= (const struct tocsave_entry
*) p2
;
3427 return e1
->sec
== e2
->sec
&& e1
->offset
== e2
->offset
;
3430 /* Destroy a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3433 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
3435 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3437 htab
= (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
3438 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
)
3439 htab_delete (htab
->tocsave_htab
);
3440 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->branch_hash_table
);
3441 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3442 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
3445 /* Create a ppc64 ELF linker hash table. */
3447 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
3448 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
3450 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3451 size_t amt
= sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_table
);
3453 htab
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
3457 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&htab
->elf
, abfd
, link_hash_newfunc
,
3458 sizeof (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
),
3465 /* Init the stub hash table too. */
3466 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_hash_newfunc
,
3467 sizeof (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
)))
3469 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3473 /* And the branch hash table. */
3474 if (!bfd_hash_table_init (&htab
->branch_hash_table
, branch_hash_newfunc
,
3475 sizeof (struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
)))
3477 bfd_hash_table_free (&htab
->stub_hash_table
);
3478 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3482 htab
->tocsave_htab
= htab_try_create (1024,
3486 if (htab
->tocsave_htab
== NULL
)
3488 ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free (abfd
);
3491 htab
->elf
.root
.hash_table_free
= ppc64_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
3493 /* Initializing two fields of the union is just cosmetic. We really
3494 only care about glist, but when compiled on a 32-bit host the
3495 bfd_vma fields are larger. Setting the bfd_vma to zero makes
3496 debugger inspection of these fields look nicer. */
3497 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3498 htab
->elf
.init_got_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3499 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
3500 htab
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
3501 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.offset
= 0;
3502 htab
->elf
.init_got_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3503 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
3504 htab
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
3506 return &htab
->elf
.root
;
3509 /* Create sections for linker generated code. */
3512 create_linkage_sections (bfd
*dynobj
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3514 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3517 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3519 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
3520 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3521 if (htab
->params
->save_restore_funcs
)
3523 /* Create .sfpr for code to save and restore fp regs. */
3524 htab
->sfpr
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".sfpr",
3526 if (htab
->sfpr
== NULL
3527 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->sfpr
, 2))
3531 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3534 /* Create .glink for lazy dynamic linking support. */
3535 htab
->glink
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3537 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
3538 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 3))
3541 /* The part of .glink used by global entry stubs, separate so that
3542 it can be aligned appropriately without affecting htab->glink. */
3543 htab
->global_entry
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".glink",
3545 if (htab
->global_entry
== NULL
3546 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->global_entry
, 2))
3549 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
3551 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
3552 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3553 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
,
3556 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
3557 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink_eh_frame
, 2))
3561 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
3562 htab
->elf
.iplt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".iplt", flags
);
3563 if (htab
->elf
.iplt
== NULL
3564 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.iplt
, 3))
3567 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3568 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3570 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
3571 if (htab
->elf
.irelplt
== NULL
3572 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->elf
.irelplt
, 3))
3575 /* Create branch lookup table for plt_branch stubs. */
3576 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
3577 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3578 htab
->brlt
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3580 if (htab
->brlt
== NULL
3581 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->brlt
, 3))
3584 /* Local plt entries, put in .branch_lt but a separate section for
3586 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".branch_lt",
3588 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
3589 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 3))
3592 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
3595 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
3596 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3598 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3599 if (htab
->relbrlt
== NULL
3600 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relbrlt
, 3))
3604 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
3605 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
3606 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 3))
3612 /* Satisfy the ELF linker by filling in some fields in our fake bfd. */
3615 ppc64_elf_init_stub_bfd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3616 struct ppc64_elf_params
*params
)
3618 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3620 elf_elfheader (params
->stub_bfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = ELFCLASS64
;
3622 /* Always hook our dynamic sections into the first bfd, which is the
3623 linker created stub bfd. This ensures that the GOT header is at
3624 the start of the output TOC section. */
3625 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3626 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= params
->stub_bfd
;
3627 htab
->params
= params
;
3629 return create_linkage_sections (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
);
3632 /* Build a name for an entry in the stub hash table. */
3635 ppc_stub_name (const asection
*input_section
,
3636 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3637 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3638 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
3643 /* rel->r_addend is actually 64 bit, but who uses more than +/- 2^31
3644 offsets from a sym as a branch target? In fact, we could
3645 probably assume the addend is always zero. */
3646 BFD_ASSERT (((int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff) == rel
->r_addend
);
3650 len
= 8 + 1 + strlen (h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
) + 1 + 8 + 1;
3651 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3652 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3655 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%s+%x",
3656 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3657 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
,
3658 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3662 len
= 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1 + 8 + 1;
3663 stub_name
= bfd_malloc (len
);
3664 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3667 len
= sprintf (stub_name
, "%08x.%x:%x+%x",
3668 input_section
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3669 sym_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff,
3670 (int) ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
) & 0xffffffff,
3671 (int) rel
->r_addend
& 0xffffffff);
3673 if (len
> 2 && stub_name
[len
- 2] == '+' && stub_name
[len
- 1] == '0')
3674 stub_name
[len
- 2] = 0;
3678 /* Look up an entry in the stub hash. Stub entries are cached because
3679 creating the stub name takes a bit of time. */
3681 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3682 ppc_get_stub_entry (const asection
*input_section
,
3683 const asection
*sym_sec
,
3684 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3685 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
3686 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3688 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3689 struct map_stub
*group
;
3691 /* If this input section is part of a group of sections sharing one
3692 stub section, then use the id of the first section in the group.
3693 Stub names need to include a section id, as there may well be
3694 more than one stub used to reach say, printf, and we need to
3695 distinguish between them. */
3696 group
= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].u
.group
;
3700 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->u
.stub_cache
!= NULL
3701 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->h
== h
3702 && h
->u
.stub_cache
->group
== group
)
3704 stub_entry
= h
->u
.stub_cache
;
3710 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (group
->link_sec
, sym_sec
, h
, rel
);
3711 if (stub_name
== NULL
)
3714 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
3715 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
3717 h
->u
.stub_cache
= stub_entry
;
3725 /* Add a new stub entry to the stub hash. Not all fields of the new
3726 stub entry are initialised. */
3728 static struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*
3729 ppc_add_stub (const char *stub_name
,
3731 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3733 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3734 struct map_stub
*group
;
3737 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
3739 group
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
;
3740 link_sec
= group
->link_sec
;
3741 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
3742 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3748 namelen
= strlen (link_sec
->name
);
3749 len
= namelen
+ sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
);
3750 s_name
= bfd_alloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, len
);
3754 memcpy (s_name
, link_sec
->name
, namelen
);
3755 memcpy (s_name
+ namelen
, STUB_SUFFIX
, sizeof (STUB_SUFFIX
));
3756 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (s_name
, link_sec
);
3757 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
3759 group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
3762 /* Enter this entry into the linker stub hash table. */
3763 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, stub_name
,
3765 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
3767 /* xgettext:c-format */
3768 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: cannot create stub entry %s"),
3769 section
->owner
, stub_name
);
3773 stub_entry
->group
= group
;
3774 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= 0;
3778 /* Create .got and .rela.got sections in ABFD, and .got in dynobj if
3779 not already done. */
3782 create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3784 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
3786 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
3788 if (!is_ppc64_elf (abfd
))
3794 && !_bfd_elf_create_got_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3797 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
3798 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
3800 got
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
3802 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (got
, 3))
3805 relgot
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.got",
3806 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
3808 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (relgot
, 3))
3811 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
= got
;
3812 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->relgot
= relgot
;
3816 /* Follow indirect and warning symbol links. */
3818 static inline struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
3819 follow_link (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3821 while (h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3822 || h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3827 static inline struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
3828 elf_follow_link (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3830 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) follow_link (&h
->root
);
3833 static inline struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3834 ppc_follow_link (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3836 return ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_follow_link (&h
->elf
));
3839 /* Merge PLT info on FROM with that on TO. */
3842 move_plt_plist (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*from
,
3843 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*to
)
3845 if (from
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3847 if (to
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
3849 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
3850 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
3852 for (entp
= &from
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3854 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
3856 for (dent
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3857 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
3859 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
3866 *entp
= to
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3869 to
->elf
.plt
.plist
= from
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
3870 from
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
3874 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
3877 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3878 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
3879 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
3881 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
3883 edir
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (dir
);
3884 eind
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (ind
);
3886 edir
->is_func
|= eind
->is_func
;
3887 edir
->is_func_descriptor
|= eind
->is_func_descriptor
;
3888 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
3889 if (eind
->oh
!= NULL
)
3890 edir
->oh
= ppc_follow_link (eind
->oh
);
3892 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
3893 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
3894 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
3895 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
3896 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
3897 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
3898 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
3900 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, don't copy
3901 dyn_relocs, plt/got info, or dynindx. We used to copy dyn_relocs
3902 in order to simplify readonly_dynrelocs and save a field in the
3903 symbol hash entry, but that means dyn_relocs can't be used in any
3904 tests about a specific symbol, or affect other symbol flags which
3906 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
3909 /* Copy over any dynamic relocs we may have on the indirect sym. */
3910 if (eind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3912 if (edir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
3914 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
3915 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3917 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
3918 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
3919 for (pp
= &eind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
3921 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
3923 for (q
= edir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
3924 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
3926 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
3927 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
3934 *pp
= edir
->dyn_relocs
;
3937 edir
->dyn_relocs
= eind
->dyn_relocs
;
3938 eind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
3941 /* Copy over got entries that we may have already seen to the
3942 symbol which just became indirect. */
3943 if (eind
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3945 if (edir
->elf
.got
.glist
!= NULL
)
3947 struct got_entry
**entp
;
3948 struct got_entry
*ent
;
3950 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.got
.glist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
3952 struct got_entry
*dent
;
3954 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
3955 if (dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
3956 && dent
->owner
== ent
->owner
3957 && dent
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
)
3959 dent
->got
.refcount
+= ent
->got
.refcount
;
3966 *entp
= edir
->elf
.got
.glist
;
3969 edir
->elf
.got
.glist
= eind
->elf
.got
.glist
;
3970 eind
->elf
.got
.glist
= NULL
;
3973 /* And plt entries. */
3974 move_plt_plist (eind
, edir
);
3976 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
3978 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
3979 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
3980 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
3981 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
3982 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
3983 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
3984 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
3988 /* Find the function descriptor hash entry from the given function code
3989 hash entry FH. Link the entries via their OH fields. */
3991 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
3992 lookup_fdh (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
3994 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= fh
->oh
;
3998 const char *fd_name
= fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1;
4000 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, fd_name
,
4001 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
4005 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4011 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
4012 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4017 /* Make a fake function descriptor sym for the undefined code sym FH. */
4019 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
4020 make_fdh (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4021 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
4023 bfd
*abfd
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
4024 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
4025 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4026 flagword flags
= (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4030 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
,
4031 fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ 1,
4032 flags
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
4033 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
))
4036 fdh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
4037 fdh
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
4039 fdh
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
4046 /* Fix function descriptor symbols defined in .opd sections to be
4050 ppc64_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*ibfd
,
4051 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4052 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4054 flagword
*flags ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4059 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".opd") == 0)
4063 if (!(ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
4064 || ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FUNC
))
4065 isym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
), STT_FUNC
);
4067 /* If the symbol is a function defined in .opd, and the function
4068 code is in a discarded group, let it appear to be undefined. */
4069 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4070 && (*sec
)->reloc_count
!= 0
4071 && opd_entry_value (*sec
, *value
, &code_sec
, NULL
,
4072 FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1
4073 && discarded_section (code_sec
))
4075 *sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4076 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4079 else if (*sec
!= NULL
4080 && strcmp ((*sec
)->name
, ".toc") == 0
4081 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
)
4083 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4085 htab
->params
->object_in_toc
= 1;
4088 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4090 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4091 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 2);
4092 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 1)
4094 _bfd_error_handler (_("symbol '%s' has invalid st_other"
4095 " for ABI version 1"), *name
);
4096 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4104 /* Merge non-visibility st_other attributes: local entry point. */
4107 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4108 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4109 bfd_boolean definition
,
4110 bfd_boolean dynamic
)
4112 if (definition
&& (!dynamic
|| !h
->def_regular
))
4113 h
->other
= ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1))
4114 | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
));
4117 /* Hook called on merging a symbol. We use this to clear "fake" since
4118 we now have a real symbol. */
4121 ppc64_elf_merge_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4122 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
4123 asection
**psec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4124 bfd_boolean newdef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4125 bfd_boolean olddef ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4126 bfd
*oldbfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4127 const asection
*oldsec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
4129 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
= 0;
4130 if ((STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& isym
->st_other
) != 0)
4131 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
= 1;
4135 /* This function makes an old ABI object reference to ".bar" cause the
4136 inclusion of a new ABI object archive that defines "bar".
4137 NAME is a symbol defined in an archive. Return a symbol in the hash
4138 table that might be satisfied by the archive symbols. */
4140 static struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
4141 ppc64_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
4142 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4145 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4149 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
);
4151 /* Don't return this sym if it is a fake function descriptor
4152 created by add_symbol_adjust. */
4153 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->fake
)
4159 len
= strlen (name
);
4160 dot_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
4161 if (dot_name
== NULL
)
4162 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
4164 memcpy (dot_name
+ 1, name
, len
+ 1);
4165 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, dot_name
);
4166 bfd_release (abfd
, dot_name
);
4170 if (strcmp (name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
4171 h
= _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, "__tls_get_addr_desc");
4175 /* This function satisfies all old ABI object references to ".bar" if a
4176 new ABI object defines "bar". Well, at least, undefined dot symbols
4177 are made weak. This stops later archive searches from including an
4178 object if we already have a function descriptor definition. It also
4179 prevents the linker complaining about undefined symbols.
4180 We also check and correct mismatched symbol visibility here. The
4181 most restrictive visibility of the function descriptor and the
4182 function entry symbol is used. */
4185 add_symbol_adjust (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4187 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4188 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
4190 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4191 eh
= (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*) eh
->elf
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4193 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
4196 if (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.')
4199 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4203 fdh
= lookup_fdh (eh
, htab
);
4205 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4206 && (eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4207 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
4208 && eh
->elf
.ref_regular
)
4210 /* Make an undefined function descriptor sym, in order to
4211 pull in an --as-needed shared lib. Archives are handled
4213 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, eh
);
4220 unsigned entry_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4221 unsigned descr_vis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (fdh
->elf
.other
) - 1;
4223 /* Make both descriptor and entry symbol have the most
4224 constraining visibility of either symbol. */
4225 if (entry_vis
< descr_vis
)
4226 fdh
->elf
.other
+= entry_vis
- descr_vis
;
4227 else if (entry_vis
> descr_vis
)
4228 eh
->elf
.other
+= descr_vis
- entry_vis
;
4230 /* Propagate reference flags from entry symbol to function
4231 descriptor symbol. */
4232 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_regular
;
4233 fdh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
|= eh
->elf
.root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
4234 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
4235 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
4237 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
4238 && fdh
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
4239 && fdh
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
4240 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4241 || fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
4242 || fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
)
4243 && (eh
->elf
.ref_regular
4244 || eh
->elf
.def_regular
))
4246 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
4254 /* Set up opd section info and abiversion for IBFD, and process list
4255 of dot-symbols we made in link_hash_newfunc. */
4258 ppc64_elf_before_check_relocs (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4260 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4261 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**p
, *eh
;
4262 asection
*opd
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
4264 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0)
4266 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
4267 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->sec_type
= sec_opd
;
4269 if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4270 set_abiversion (ibfd
, 1);
4271 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) >= 2)
4273 /* xgettext:c-format */
4274 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB .opd not allowed in ABI version %d"),
4275 ibfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4276 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4281 if (is_ppc64_elf (info
->output_bfd
))
4283 /* For input files without an explicit abiversion in e_flags
4284 we should have flagged any with symbol st_other bits set
4285 as ELFv1 and above flagged those with .opd as ELFv2.
4286 Set the output abiversion if not yet set, and for any input
4287 still ambiguous, take its abiversion from the output.
4288 Differences in ABI are reported later. */
4289 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 0)
4290 set_abiversion (info
->output_bfd
, abiversion (ibfd
));
4291 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) == 0)
4292 set_abiversion (ibfd
, abiversion (info
->output_bfd
));
4295 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4299 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->size
!= 0
4300 && (ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
4301 && (opd
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
4302 && opd
->reloc_count
!= 0
4303 && !bfd_is_abs_section (opd
->output_section
)
4304 && info
->gc_sections
)
4306 /* Garbage collection needs some extra help with .opd sections.
4307 We don't want to necessarily keep everything referenced by
4308 relocs in .opd, as that would keep all functions. Instead,
4309 if we reference an .opd symbol (a function descriptor), we
4310 want to keep the function code symbol's section. This is
4311 easy for global symbols, but for local syms we need to keep
4312 information about the associated function section. */
4314 asection
**opd_sym_map
;
4315 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4316 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
, *rel_end
, *rel
;
4318 amt
= OPD_NDX (opd
->size
) * sizeof (*opd_sym_map
);
4319 opd_sym_map
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, amt
);
4320 if (opd_sym_map
== NULL
)
4322 ppc64_elf_section_data (opd
)->u
.opd
.func_sec
= opd_sym_map
;
4323 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, opd
, NULL
, NULL
,
4327 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4328 rel_end
= relocs
+ opd
->reloc_count
- 1;
4329 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4331 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4332 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4334 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
4335 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
4336 && r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4338 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4341 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ibfd
, r_symndx
);
4344 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4349 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4350 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= opd
)
4351 opd_sym_map
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = s
;
4354 if (elf_section_data (opd
)->relocs
!= relocs
)
4358 p
= &htab
->dot_syms
;
4359 while ((eh
= *p
) != NULL
)
4362 if (&eh
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4364 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
== NULL
4365 && strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
, ".TOC.") == 0)
4366 htab
->elf
.hgot
= &eh
->elf
;
4367 else if (abiversion (ibfd
) <= 1)
4369 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 1;
4370 if (!add_symbol_adjust (eh
, info
))
4373 p
= &eh
->u
.next_dot_sym
;
4378 /* Undo hash table changes when an --as-needed input file is determined
4379 not to be needed. */
4382 ppc64_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
4383 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4384 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
4386 if (act
== notice_not_needed
)
4388 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4393 htab
->dot_syms
= NULL
;
4395 return _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (ibfd
, info
, act
);
4398 /* If --just-symbols against a final linked binary, then assume we need
4399 toc adjusting stubs when calling functions defined there. */
4402 ppc64_elf_link_just_syms (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4404 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
4405 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0
4406 && is_ppc64_elf (sec
->owner
))
4408 if (abiversion (sec
->owner
) >= 2
4409 || bfd_get_section_by_name (sec
->owner
, ".opd") != NULL
)
4410 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4412 _bfd_elf_link_just_syms (sec
, info
);
4415 static struct plt_entry
**
4416 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
4417 unsigned long r_symndx
, bfd_vma r_addend
, int tls_type
)
4419 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (abfd
);
4420 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4421 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
4423 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4425 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4427 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_ents
)
4428 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
4429 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
4430 local_got_ents
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
4431 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
4433 elf_local_got_ents (abfd
) = local_got_ents
;
4436 if ((tls_type
& (NON_GOT
| TLS_EXPLICIT
)) == 0)
4438 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4440 for (ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4441 if (ent
->addend
== r_addend
4442 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4443 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4447 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4448 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4451 ent
->next
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
4452 ent
->addend
= r_addend
;
4454 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4455 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4456 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4457 local_got_ents
[r_symndx
] = ent
;
4459 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4462 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4463 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4464 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
4466 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
4470 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
, bfd_vma addend
)
4472 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4474 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4475 if (ent
->addend
== addend
)
4479 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4480 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4484 ent
->addend
= addend
;
4485 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
4488 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
4493 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4495 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
4496 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
4497 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
4498 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
4499 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
4500 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR24
4501 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14
4502 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
4503 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
4504 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
4505 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
);
4508 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
4511 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
4513 return (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
4514 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
4515 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
4516 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
4517 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
4518 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
4519 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
4520 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
);
4523 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
4524 calculate needed space in the global offset table, procedure
4525 linkage table, and dynamic reloc sections. */
4528 ppc64_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4529 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
4531 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4532 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4533 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4534 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
4535 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
4537 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *dottga
;
4540 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4543 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
4544 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
4545 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
4546 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
4547 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
4548 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
4549 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
4552 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (abfd
));
4554 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
4558 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4559 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4560 dottga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
4561 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4562 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
4563 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4565 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
4566 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4567 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
4569 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4570 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4571 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
4573 struct _ppc64_elf_section_data
*ppc64_sec
;
4574 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
4576 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4577 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4581 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4582 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
4584 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
4585 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4588 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4592 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
4593 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
4594 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
4596 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
4597 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
4598 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
4599 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4600 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
4601 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
4602 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
4603 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
4604 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4605 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4606 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
4607 htab
->powerxx_stubs
= 1;
4615 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4616 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4617 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4618 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4619 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4620 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4621 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4622 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4623 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4624 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4625 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4626 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4627 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4628 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4629 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4630 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4631 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4632 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4633 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4634 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
= 1;
4643 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4646 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4651 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
4656 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4658 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4660 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
4671 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
4672 its parameter symbol. */
4674 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
4676 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4678 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4680 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4683 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4684 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4685 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4686 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4687 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
4688 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
4691 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4692 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4693 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4694 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4695 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
4696 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
4699 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
4700 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
4701 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4702 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4703 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
4704 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4705 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4706 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4709 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
4710 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4711 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
4712 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
4713 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
4714 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
4716 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4720 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
4721 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
4722 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
4723 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
4724 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
4725 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
4727 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
4728 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4729 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
4730 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
4731 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
4732 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
4733 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16
4734 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
)
4736 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4737 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4740 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->got
== NULL
4741 && !create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
4746 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
4747 struct got_entry
*ent
;
4749 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4750 for (ent
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4751 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
4752 && ent
->owner
== abfd
4753 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
4757 size_t amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
4758 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4761 ent
->next
= eh
->elf
.got
.glist
;
4762 ent
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4764 ent
->tls_type
= tls_type
;
4765 ent
->is_indirect
= FALSE
;
4766 ent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
4767 eh
->elf
.got
.glist
= ent
;
4769 ent
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
4770 eh
->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
4773 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
4774 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4775 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
4778 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
4780 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
) && abiversion (abfd
) != 1)
4782 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, rel
->r_addend
))
4787 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
4788 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
4789 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
4790 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
4791 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
4792 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
4795 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
4800 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4801 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4802 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4803 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
4804 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4806 if (plt_list
== NULL
)
4807 plt_list
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
4809 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
4810 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
4814 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
4815 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
4816 section relative. */
4817 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
4818 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
4819 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
4820 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
4821 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
4822 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
4823 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
4824 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
4825 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
4826 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
4827 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
4828 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
4829 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
4830 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
4831 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
4832 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
4833 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
4834 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
4839 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
4840 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
4841 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
4842 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
4843 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
4844 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
4845 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
4846 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
4847 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
4848 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
4849 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
4850 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
4851 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
4852 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
4855 /* Not supported as a dynamic relocation. */
4856 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
4857 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4859 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
4861 /* xgettext:c-format */
4862 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%H: %s reloc unsupported "
4863 "in shared libraries and PIEs\n"),
4864 abfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
4865 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
4866 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4872 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
4873 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 1;
4874 ppc64_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
= 1;
4876 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
4877 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
4878 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
4879 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
4880 sec
->has_toc_reloc
= 1;
4881 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
4883 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
4885 /* Strongly prefer a copy reloc over a dynamic reloc.
4886 glibc ld.so as of 2019-08 will error out if one of
4887 these relocations is emitted. */
4897 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
4898 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
4899 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4900 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
4904 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
4905 used. Record for later use during GC. */
4906 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4907 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
4912 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
4913 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
4915 asection
*dest
= NULL
;
4917 /* Heuristic: If jumping outside our section, chances are
4918 we are going to need a stub. */
4921 /* If the sym is weak it may be overridden later, so
4922 don't assume we know where a weak sym lives. */
4923 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
4924 dest
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4928 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4930 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
4935 dest
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4939 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_14bit_branch
= 1;
4943 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
4944 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
4945 ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
= 1;
4949 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
4955 if (h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
4956 && h
->root
.root
.string
[1] != '\0')
4957 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
4959 if (h
== tga
|| h
== dottga
)
4961 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
4963 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSGD
4964 || ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
4965 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with
4969 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
4970 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4972 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
4975 /* We may need a .plt entry if the function this reloc
4976 refers to is in a shared lib. */
4978 && !update_plt_info (abfd
, plt_list
, rel
->r_addend
))
4982 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
4983 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
4984 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
4985 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
4988 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
4989 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
4990 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
4991 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
4994 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
4995 if (rel
+ 1 < rel_end
4996 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
4997 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
4998 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
5000 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
5003 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
5004 tls_type
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
5006 && rel
[-1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
)
5007 && rel
[-1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
- 8)
5008 /* This is the second reloc of a dtpmod, dtprel pair.
5009 Don't mark with TLS_DTPREL. */
5013 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
5015 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
& 0xff;
5017 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
5018 rel
->r_addend
, tls_type
))
5021 ppc64_sec
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
);
5022 if (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
5026 /* One extra to simplify get_tls_mask. */
5027 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (unsigned) / 8 + sizeof (unsigned);
5028 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5029 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
== NULL
)
5031 amt
= sec
->size
* sizeof (bfd_vma
) / 8;
5032 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
5033 if (ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
== NULL
)
5035 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_sec
->sec_type
== sec_normal
);
5036 ppc64_sec
->sec_type
= sec_toc
;
5038 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
% 8 == 0);
5039 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = r_symndx
;
5040 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.add
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8] = rel
->r_addend
;
5042 /* Mark the second slot of a GD or LD entry.
5043 -1 to indicate GD and -2 to indicate LD. */
5044 if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
5045 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -1;
5046 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5047 ppc64_sec
->u
.toc
.symndx
[rel
->r_offset
/ 8 + 1] = -2;
5050 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
5051 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
5052 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
5053 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
5054 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
5055 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
5056 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
5057 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
5058 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
5059 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
5060 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
5061 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
5062 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
5063 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5064 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
5067 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
5069 && rel
+ 1 < rel_end
5070 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5073 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->is_func
= 1;
5077 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
5078 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
5079 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
5080 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
5081 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
5082 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
5083 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
5084 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
5085 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
5086 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
5087 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
5088 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
5090 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
5091 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
5092 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
5093 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
5094 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
5095 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
5096 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
5098 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
) && abiversion (abfd
) != 1
5099 && rel
->r_addend
== 0)
5101 /* We may need a .plt entry if this reloc refers to a
5102 function in a shared lib. */
5103 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, 0))
5105 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
5112 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
5113 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
5114 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
5115 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
5117 if (h
!= NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
5118 /* We may need a copy reloc. */
5121 /* Don't propagate .opd relocs. */
5122 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
5125 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
5126 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
5127 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
5128 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
5129 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
5130 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
5131 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
5132 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
5133 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
5134 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
5135 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
5136 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
5137 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
5138 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
5139 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
5142 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
5143 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
5144 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
5148 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
5149 || !h
->def_regular
))
5151 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
5152 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
5153 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5154 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5155 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5158 /* We must copy these reloc types into the output file.
5159 Create a reloc section in dynobj and make room for
5163 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
5164 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 3, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
5170 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
5171 relocations we need for this symbol. */
5174 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5175 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5177 head
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
;
5179 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
5181 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5191 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
5196 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
5197 We really need local syms available to do this
5199 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5200 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**head
;
5201 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
5204 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
5206 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
5211 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
5215 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
5216 head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
5217 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
5219 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5221 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
5223 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
5229 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
5245 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
5246 object file when linking. */
5249 ppc64_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5251 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
5252 unsigned long iflags
, oflags
;
5254 if ((ibfd
->flags
& BFD_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
5257 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc64_elf (obfd
))
5260 if (!_bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
5263 iflags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
5264 oflags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
5266 if (iflags
& ~EF_PPC64_ABI
)
5269 /* xgettext:c-format */
5270 (_("%pB uses unknown e_flags 0x%lx"), ibfd
, iflags
);
5271 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5274 else if (iflags
!= oflags
&& iflags
!= 0)
5277 /* xgettext:c-format */
5278 (_("%pB: ABI version %ld is not compatible with ABI version %ld output"),
5279 ibfd
, iflags
, oflags
);
5280 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
5284 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
5287 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
5288 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
5292 ppc64_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
5294 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
5295 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
5297 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
!= 0)
5301 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = 0x%lx:"),
5302 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
5304 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
) != 0)
5305 fprintf (file
, _(" [abiv%ld]"),
5306 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC64_ABI
);
5313 /* OFFSET in OPD_SEC specifies a function descriptor. Return the address
5314 of the code entry point, and its section, which must be in the same
5315 object as OPD_SEC. Returns (bfd_vma) -1 on error. */
5318 opd_entry_value (asection
*opd_sec
,
5320 asection
**code_sec
,
5322 bfd_boolean in_code_sec
)
5324 bfd
*opd_bfd
= opd_sec
->owner
;
5325 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
5326 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
, *look
;
5329 /* No relocs implies we are linking a --just-symbols object, or looking
5330 at a final linked executable with addr2line or somesuch. */
5331 if (opd_sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
5333 bfd_byte
*contents
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
;
5335 if (contents
== NULL
)
5337 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, &contents
))
5338 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5339 ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.contents
= contents
;
5342 /* PR 17512: file: 64b9dfbb. */
5343 if (offset
+ 7 >= opd_sec
->size
|| offset
+ 7 < offset
)
5344 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5346 val
= bfd_get_64 (opd_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
5347 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5349 asection
*sec
, *likely
= NULL
;
5355 && val
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
5361 for (sec
= opd_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
5363 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
5364 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5369 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5370 *code_off
= val
- likely
->vma
;
5376 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc64_elf (opd_bfd
));
5378 relocs
= ppc64_elf_tdata (opd_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
;
5380 relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (opd_bfd
, opd_sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
5381 /* PR 17512: file: df8e1fd6. */
5383 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
5385 /* Go find the opd reloc at the sym address. */
5387 hi
= lo
+ opd_sec
->reloc_count
- 1; /* ignore last reloc */
5391 look
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
5392 if (look
->r_offset
< offset
)
5394 else if (look
->r_offset
> offset
)
5398 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (opd_bfd
);
5400 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (look
->r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
5401 && ELF64_R_TYPE ((look
+ 1)->r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
5403 unsigned long symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (look
->r_info
);
5404 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5406 if (symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
5407 && elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
) != NULL
)
5409 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
5410 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
5412 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (opd_bfd
);
5413 rh
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
5416 rh
= elf_follow_link (rh
);
5417 if (rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5418 && rh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5420 if (rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
== opd_bfd
)
5422 val
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5423 sec
= rh
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5430 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5432 if (symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
5434 sym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
5437 size_t symcnt
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5438 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5443 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) sym
;
5449 sym
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (opd_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
5455 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (opd_bfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5458 BFD_ASSERT ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0);
5459 val
= sym
->st_value
;
5462 val
+= look
->r_addend
;
5463 if (code_off
!= NULL
)
5465 if (code_sec
!= NULL
)
5467 if (in_code_sec
&& *code_sec
!= sec
)
5472 if (sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5473 val
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5482 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
5483 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
5484 otherwise return zero. */
5486 static bfd_size_type
5487 ppc64_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
5492 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
5493 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0)
5497 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
5498 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
5500 if (strcmp (sym
->section
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
5502 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
= get_opd_info (sym
->section
);
5503 bfd_vma symval
= sym
->value
;
5506 && opd
->adjust
!= NULL
5507 && elf_section_data (sym
->section
)->relocs
!= NULL
)
5509 /* opd_entry_value will use cached relocs that have been
5510 adjusted, but with raw symbols. That means both local
5511 and global symbols need adjusting. */
5512 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (symval
)];
5518 if (opd_entry_value (sym
->section
, symval
,
5519 &sec
, code_off
, TRUE
) == (bfd_vma
) -1)
5521 /* An old ABI binary with dot-syms has a size of 24 on the .opd
5522 symbol. This size has nothing to do with the code size of the
5523 function, which is what we're supposed to return, but the
5524 code size isn't available without looking up the dot-sym.
5525 However, doing that would be a waste of time particularly
5526 since elf_find_function will look at the dot-sym anyway.
5527 Now, elf_find_function will keep the largest size of any
5528 function sym found at the code address of interest, so return
5529 1 here to avoid it incorrectly caching a larger function size
5530 for a small function. This does mean we return the wrong
5531 size for a new-ABI function of size 24, but all that does is
5532 disable caching for such functions. */
5538 if (sym
->section
!= sec
)
5540 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
5547 /* Return true if symbol is a strong function defined in an ELFv2
5548 object with st_other localentry bits of zero, ie. its local entry
5549 point coincides with its global entry point. */
5552 is_elfv2_localentry0 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5555 && h
->type
== STT_FUNC
5556 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5557 && (STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
& h
->other
) == 0
5558 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->non_zero_localentry
5559 && is_ppc64_elf (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
5560 && abiversion (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
) >= 2);
5563 /* Return true if symbol is defined in a regular object file. */
5566 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5568 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5569 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5570 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
5571 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
5574 /* If FDH is a function descriptor symbol, return the associated code
5575 entry symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5577 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5578 defined_code_entry (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
)
5580 if (fdh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5582 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
->oh
);
5583 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5584 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5590 /* If FH is a function code entry symbol, return the associated
5591 function descriptor symbol if it is defined. Return NULL otherwise. */
5593 static struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*
5594 defined_func_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
)
5597 && fh
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
5599 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fh
->oh
);
5600 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5601 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5607 /* Given H is a symbol that satisfies is_static_defined, return the
5608 value in the output file. */
5611 defined_sym_val (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5613 return (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
5614 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
5615 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
5618 /* Return true if H matches __tls_get_addr or one of its variants. */
5621 is_tls_get_addr (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5622 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
5624 return (h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
|| h
== &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
5625 || h
== &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
|| h
== &htab
->tga_desc
->elf
);
5628 static bfd_boolean
func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
5630 /* Garbage collect sections, after first dealing with dot-symbols. */
5633 ppc64_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5635 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5637 if (htab
!= NULL
&& htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
5639 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
5640 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
5642 return bfd_elf_gc_sections (abfd
, info
);
5645 /* Mark all our entry sym sections, both opd and code section. */
5648 ppc64_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5650 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5651 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
5656 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
5658 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
;
5661 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
->name
,
5662 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
5665 if (eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5666 && eh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5669 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5672 sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5673 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5675 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5676 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5677 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5678 &sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5679 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5681 sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5682 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5686 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
5687 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
5691 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5693 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
5694 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5695 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
5696 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
5698 /* Dynamic linking info is on the func descriptor sym. */
5699 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5703 if ((eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5704 || eh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5705 && ((eh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
&& !eh
->elf
.forced_local
)
5706 || ((eh
->elf
.def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (&eh
->elf
))
5707 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_INTERNAL
5708 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (eh
->elf
.other
) != STV_HIDDEN
5709 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
5710 || info
->gc_keep_exported
5711 || info
->export_dynamic
5714 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
,
5715 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))
5716 && (eh
->elf
.versioned
>= versioned
5717 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
5718 eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
)))))
5721 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
5723 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5725 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5726 function code sym section to be marked. */
5727 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5730 code_sec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5731 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5733 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5734 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5735 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5736 &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5737 code_sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5743 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
5747 ppc64_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
5748 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5749 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
5750 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
5751 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
5755 /* Syms return NULL if we're marking .opd, so we avoid marking all
5756 function sections, as all functions are referenced in .opd. */
5758 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
5763 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
5764 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
, *fh
, *fdh
;
5766 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
5769 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
5770 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
5774 switch (h
->root
.type
)
5776 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
5777 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
5778 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
5779 fdh
= defined_func_desc (eh
);
5782 /* -mcall-aixdesc code references the dot-symbol on
5783 a call reloc. Mark the function descriptor too
5784 against garbage collection. */
5786 if (fdh
->elf
.is_weakalias
)
5787 weakdef (&fdh
->elf
)->mark
= 1;
5791 /* Function descriptor syms cause the associated
5792 function code sym section to be marked. */
5793 fh
= defined_code_entry (eh
);
5796 /* They also mark their opd section. */
5797 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5799 rsec
= fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5801 else if (get_opd_info (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
5802 && opd_entry_value (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
5803 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
5804 &rsec
, NULL
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
5805 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
= 1;
5807 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5810 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
5811 rsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
5815 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
5821 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
5823 rsec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
5824 opd
= get_opd_info (rsec
);
5825 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->func_sec
!= NULL
)
5829 rsec
= opd
->func_sec
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
)];
5836 /* The maximum size of .sfpr. */
5837 #define SFPR_MAX (218*4)
5839 struct sfpr_def_parms
5841 const char name
[12];
5842 unsigned char lo
, hi
;
5843 bfd_byte
*(*write_ent
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5844 bfd_byte
*(*write_tail
) (bfd
*, bfd_byte
*, int);
5847 /* Auto-generate _save*, _rest* functions in .sfpr.
5848 If STUB_SEC is non-null, define alias symbols in STUB_SEC
5852 sfpr_define (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5853 const struct sfpr_def_parms
*parm
,
5856 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
5858 size_t len
= strlen (parm
->name
);
5859 bfd_boolean writing
= FALSE
;
5865 memcpy (sym
, parm
->name
, len
);
5868 for (i
= parm
->lo
; i
<= parm
->hi
; i
++)
5870 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5872 sym
[len
+ 0] = i
/ 10 + '0';
5873 sym
[len
+ 1] = i
% 10 + '0';
5874 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, sym
,
5875 writing
, TRUE
, TRUE
));
5876 if (stub_sec
!= NULL
)
5879 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5880 && h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
5882 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*s
;
5884 sprintf (buf
, "%08x.%s", stub_sec
->id
& 0xffffffff, sym
);
5885 s
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, buf
, TRUE
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
5888 if (s
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5890 s
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5891 s
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
5892 s
->root
.u
.def
.value
= (stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
5893 + h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
);
5896 s
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5897 s
->forced_local
= 1;
5899 s
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5907 if (!h
->elf
.def_regular
)
5909 h
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5910 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sfpr
;
5911 h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5912 h
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
5913 h
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
5915 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &h
->elf
, TRUE
);
5917 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5919 htab
->sfpr
->contents
5920 = bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, SFPR_MAX
);
5921 if (htab
->sfpr
->contents
== NULL
)
5928 bfd_byte
*p
= htab
->sfpr
->contents
+ htab
->sfpr
->size
;
5930 p
= (*parm
->write_ent
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5932 p
= (*parm
->write_tail
) (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, i
);
5933 htab
->sfpr
->size
= p
- htab
->sfpr
->contents
;
5941 savegpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5943 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5948 savegpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5950 p
= savegpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5951 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5953 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5958 restgpr0 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5960 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5965 restgpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5967 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
5969 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5970 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
5974 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 30);
5975 p
= restgpr0 (abfd
, p
, 31);
5977 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5982 savegpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5984 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
5989 savegpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5991 p
= savegpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
5992 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
5997 restgpr1 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
5999 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R12
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6004 restgpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6006 p
= restgpr1 (abfd
, p
, r
);
6007 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6012 savefpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6014 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6019 savefpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6021 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6022 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6024 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6029 restfpr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6031 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LFD_FR0_0R1
+ (r
<< 21) + (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 8, p
);
6036 restfpr0_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6038 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LR
, p
);
6040 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6041 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6045 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 30);
6046 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, 31);
6048 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6053 savefpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6055 p
= savefpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6056 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6061 restfpr1_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6063 p
= restfpr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6064 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6069 savevr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6071 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6073 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, STVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6078 savevr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6080 p
= savevr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6081 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6086 restvr (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6088 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ (1 << 16) - (32 - r
) * 16, p
);
6090 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LVX_VR0_R12_R0
+ (r
<< 21), p
);
6095 restvr_tail (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, int r
)
6097 p
= restvr (abfd
, p
, r
);
6098 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BLR
, p
);
6102 #define STDU_R1_0R1 0xf8210001
6103 #define ADDI_R1_R1 0x38210000
6105 /* Emit prologue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6106 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6109 tls_get_addr_prologue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6113 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
6115 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ 16, p
);
6120 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6123 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(13 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6126 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-128 & 0xffff), p
);
6131 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6134 STD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (-(12 - i
) * 8 & 0xffff), p
);
6137 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STDU_R1_0R1
| (-96 & 0xffff), p
);
6143 /* Emit epilogue of wrapper preserving regs around a call to
6144 __tls_get_addr_opt. */
6147 tls_get_addr_epilogue (bfd
*obfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
6153 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6155 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (128 - (13 - i
) * 8), p
);
6158 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 128, p
);
6163 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
6165 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| i
<< 21 | (96 - (12 - i
) * 8), p
);
6168 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R1_R1
| 96, p
);
6171 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
| 16, p
);
6173 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
6175 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
6180 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to transfer dynamic linking
6181 information on function code symbol entries to their corresponding
6182 function descriptor symbol entries. */
6185 func_desc_adjust (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
6187 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6188 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6189 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
;
6190 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
6191 bfd_boolean force_local
;
6193 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6194 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6200 if (fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] != '.'
6201 || fh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[1] == '\0')
6205 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6209 /* Find the corresponding function descriptor symbol. */
6210 fdh
= lookup_fdh (fh
, htab
);
6212 /* Resolve undefined references to dot-symbols as the value
6213 in the function descriptor, if we have one in a regular object.
6214 This is to satisfy cases like ".quad .foo". Calls to functions
6215 in dynamic objects are handled elsewhere. */
6216 if ((fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6217 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6218 && (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6219 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6220 && get_opd_info (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
) != NULL
6221 && opd_entry_value (fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6222 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
,
6223 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
,
6224 &fh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
, FALSE
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
6226 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= fdh
->elf
.root
.type
;
6227 fh
->elf
.forced_local
= 1;
6228 fh
->elf
.def_regular
= fdh
->elf
.def_regular
;
6229 fh
->elf
.def_dynamic
= fdh
->elf
.def_dynamic
;
6232 if (!fh
->elf
.dynamic
)
6234 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6236 for (ent
= fh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6237 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6243 /* Create a descriptor as undefined if necessary. */
6245 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
6246 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6247 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6249 fdh
= make_fdh (info
, fh
);
6254 /* We can't support overriding of symbols on a fake descriptor. */
6257 && (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6258 || fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6259 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
, TRUE
);
6261 /* Transfer dynamic linking information to the function descriptor. */
6264 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular
;
6265 fdh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
6266 fdh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= fh
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
6267 fdh
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= fh
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
6268 fdh
->elf
.dynamic
|= fh
->elf
.dynamic
;
6269 fdh
->elf
.needs_plt
|= (fh
->elf
.needs_plt
6270 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_FUNC
6271 || fh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
6272 move_plt_plist (fh
, fdh
);
6274 if (!fdh
->elf
.forced_local
6275 && fh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
6276 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, &fdh
->elf
))
6280 /* Now that the info is on the function descriptor, clear the
6281 function code sym info. Any function code syms for which we
6282 don't have a definition in a regular file, we force local.
6283 This prevents a shared library from exporting syms that have
6284 been imported from another library. Function code syms that
6285 are really in the library we must leave global to prevent the
6286 linker dragging in a definition from a static library. */
6287 force_local
= (!fh
->elf
.def_regular
6289 || !fdh
->elf
.def_regular
6290 || fdh
->elf
.forced_local
);
6291 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6296 static const struct sfpr_def_parms save_res_funcs
[] =
6298 { "_savegpr0_", 14, 31, savegpr0
, savegpr0_tail
},
6299 { "_restgpr0_", 14, 29, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6300 { "_restgpr0_", 30, 31, restgpr0
, restgpr0_tail
},
6301 { "_savegpr1_", 14, 31, savegpr1
, savegpr1_tail
},
6302 { "_restgpr1_", 14, 31, restgpr1
, restgpr1_tail
},
6303 { "_savefpr_", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr0_tail
},
6304 { "_restfpr_", 14, 29, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6305 { "_restfpr_", 30, 31, restfpr
, restfpr0_tail
},
6306 { "._savef", 14, 31, savefpr
, savefpr1_tail
},
6307 { "._restf", 14, 31, restfpr
, restfpr1_tail
},
6308 { "_savevr_", 20, 31, savevr
, savevr_tail
},
6309 { "_restvr_", 20, 31, restvr
, restvr_tail
}
6312 /* Called near the start of bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections. We use
6313 this hook to a) provide some gcc support functions, and b) transfer
6314 dynamic linking information gathered so far on function code symbol
6315 entries, to their corresponding function descriptor symbol entries. */
6318 ppc64_elf_func_desc_adjust (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6319 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6321 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6323 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6327 /* Provide any missing _save* and _rest* functions. */
6328 if (htab
->sfpr
!= NULL
)
6332 htab
->sfpr
->size
= 0;
6333 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
6334 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], NULL
))
6336 if (htab
->sfpr
->size
== 0)
6337 htab
->sfpr
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6340 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
6343 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6345 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, htab
->elf
.hgot
, TRUE
);
6346 /* Make .TOC. defined so as to prevent it being made dynamic.
6347 The wrong value here is fixed later in ppc64_elf_set_toc. */
6348 if (!htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
6349 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
)
6351 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
6352 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6353 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6354 htab
->elf
.hgot
->def_regular
= 1;
6355 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
6357 htab
->elf
.hgot
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6358 htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
6359 = (htab
->elf
.hgot
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
6362 if (htab
->need_func_desc_adj
)
6364 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, func_desc_adjust
, info
);
6365 htab
->need_func_desc_adj
= 0;
6371 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */
6374 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6376 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6377 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6379 for (p
= eh
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
6381 asection
*s
= p
->sec
->output_section
;
6383 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
6389 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
6390 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
6391 size_dynamic_sections. */
6394 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6396 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6399 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
6401 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
6403 while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
6408 /* Return whether EH has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
6411 pc_dynrelocs (struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
)
6413 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
6415 for (p
= eh
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
6416 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
6421 /* Return true if a global entry stub will be created for H. Valid
6422 for ELFv2 before plt entries have been allocated. */
6425 global_entry_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6427 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
6429 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6433 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
6434 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0
6435 && pent
->addend
== 0)
6441 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
6442 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
6443 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
6444 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
6448 ppc64_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6449 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6451 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6454 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
6458 /* Deal with function syms. */
6459 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6460 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6463 bfd_boolean local
= (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->save_res
6464 || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
6465 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
6466 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
6467 function symbol is local and not an ifunc. We keep dynamic
6468 relocs for ifuncs when local rather than always emitting a
6469 plt call stub for them and defining the symbol on the call
6470 stub. We can't do that for ELFv1 anyway (a function symbol
6471 is defined on a descriptor, not code) and it can be faster at
6472 run-time due to not needing to bounce through a stub. The
6473 dyn_relocs for ifuncs will be applied even in a static
6475 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
6476 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6478 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6480 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
6481 won't need a .plt entry. */
6482 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6483 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
6484 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
6487 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
6489 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
6490 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
6491 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
6493 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6495 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6497 else if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) >= 2)
6499 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
6500 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
6501 executable on a global entry stub. A dynamic reloc can
6502 be used instead. The reason we prefer a few more dynamic
6503 relocs is that calling via a global entry stub costs a
6504 few more instructions, and pointer_equality_needed causes
6505 extra work in ld.so when resolving these symbols. */
6506 if (global_entry_stub (h
))
6508 if (!readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6510 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6511 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
6512 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6514 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6516 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
6517 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
6518 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
6519 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6522 /* ELFv2 function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
6525 else if (!h
->needs_plt
6526 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6528 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol isn't an
6529 ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
6530 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6531 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
6536 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
6538 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
6539 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
6540 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
6541 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
6543 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
6544 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6545 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6546 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6547 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
6548 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
6549 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6553 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
6554 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
6555 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
6556 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
6557 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
6560 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
6561 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
6562 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
6565 /* Don't generate a copy reloc for symbols defined in the executable. */
6566 if (!h
->def_dynamic
|| !h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_regular
6568 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, don't generate them either. */
6569 || info
->nocopyreloc
6571 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
6572 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc. */
6573 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
6575 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
6577 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
6578 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
6579 definition for the variable. Text relocations are preferable
6580 to an incorrect program. */
6581 || h
->protected_def
)
6584 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
6585 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6587 /* .dynbss copies of function symbols only work if we have
6588 ELFv1 dot-symbols. ELFv1 compilers since 2004 default to not
6589 use dot-symbols and set the function symbol size to the text
6590 size of the function rather than the size of the descriptor.
6591 That's wrong for copying a descriptor. */
6592 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
== NULL
6593 || !(h
->size
== 24 || h
->size
== 16))
6596 /* We should never get here, but unfortunately there are old
6597 versions of gcc (circa gcc-3.2) that improperly for the
6598 ELFv1 ABI put initialized function pointers, vtable refs and
6599 suchlike in read-only sections. Allow them to proceed, but
6600 warn that this might break at runtime. */
6601 info
->callbacks
->einfo
6602 (_("%P: copy reloc against `%pT' requires lazy plt linking; "
6603 "avoid setting LD_BIND_NOW=1 or upgrade gcc\n"),
6604 h
->root
.root
.string
);
6607 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
6608 is not a function. */
6610 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
6611 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
6612 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
6613 object will contain position independent code, so all references
6614 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
6615 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
6616 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
6617 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
6618 same memory location for the variable. */
6619 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
6621 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
6622 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
6626 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
6627 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
6629 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
6631 /* We must generate a R_PPC64_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
6632 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
6633 and into the runtime process image. */
6634 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
6638 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
6639 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
6640 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
6643 /* If given a function descriptor symbol, hide both the function code
6644 sym and the descriptor. */
6646 ppc64_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6647 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6648 bfd_boolean force_local
)
6650 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6651 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, force_local
);
6653 if (ppc_hash_table (info
) == NULL
)
6656 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6657 if (eh
->is_func_descriptor
)
6659 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= eh
->oh
;
6664 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
6667 /* We aren't supposed to use alloca in BFD because on
6668 systems which do not have alloca the version in libiberty
6669 calls xmalloc, which might cause the program to crash
6670 when it runs out of memory. This function doesn't have a
6671 return status, so there's no way to gracefully return an
6672 error. So cheat. We know that string[-1] can be safely
6673 accessed; It's either a string in an ELF string table,
6674 or allocated in an objalloc structure. */
6676 p
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
- 1;
6679 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6683 /* Unfortunately, if it so happens that the string we were
6684 looking for was allocated immediately before this string,
6685 then we overwrote the string terminator. That's the only
6686 reason the lookup should fail. */
6689 q
= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
+ strlen (eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
6690 while (q
>= eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *q
== *p
)
6692 if (q
< eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
&& *p
== '.')
6693 fh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, p
, FALSE
,
6703 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &fh
->elf
, force_local
);
6708 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
6709 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
6711 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6712 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6713 unsigned long r_symndx
,
6716 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
6718 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6720 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
6721 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6723 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6724 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
6732 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6734 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
6735 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6736 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6737 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
6741 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6742 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
6746 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6747 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
6749 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6751 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
6752 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6753 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
6754 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
6755 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
6756 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
6758 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
6760 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
6768 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
6769 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
6771 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
6773 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
6774 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
6777 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
6778 if (lgot_ents
!= NULL
)
6780 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6781 (lgot_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6782 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
6783 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6784 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
6786 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
6792 /* Returns TLS_MASKP for the given REL symbol. Function return is 0 on
6793 error, 2 on a toc GD type suitable for optimization, 3 on a toc LD
6794 type suitable for optimization, and 1 otherwise. */
6797 get_tls_mask (unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
6798 unsigned long *toc_symndx
,
6799 bfd_vma
*toc_addend
,
6800 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
6801 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6804 unsigned long r_symndx
;
6806 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6807 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6811 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6812 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6815 if ((*tls_maskp
!= NULL
6816 && (**tls_maskp
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
6817 && **tls_maskp
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
6819 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
) == NULL
6820 || ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_type
!= sec_toc
)
6823 /* Look inside a TOC section too. */
6826 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
6827 off
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6830 off
= sym
->st_value
;
6831 off
+= rel
->r_addend
;
6832 BFD_ASSERT (off
% 8 == 0);
6833 r_symndx
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8];
6834 next_r
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.symndx
[off
/ 8 + 1];
6835 if (toc_symndx
!= NULL
)
6836 *toc_symndx
= r_symndx
;
6837 if (toc_addend
!= NULL
)
6838 *toc_addend
= ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.toc
.add
[off
/ 8];
6839 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sec
, tls_maskp
, locsymsp
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
6841 if ((h
== NULL
|| is_static_defined (h
))
6842 && (next_r
== -1 || next_r
== -2))
6847 /* Find (or create) an entry in the tocsave hash table. */
6849 static struct tocsave_entry
*
6850 tocsave_find (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
6851 enum insert_option insert
,
6852 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6853 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
,
6856 unsigned long r_indx
;
6857 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6858 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
6859 struct tocsave_entry ent
, *p
;
6861 struct tocsave_entry
**slot
;
6863 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
6864 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &ent
.sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_indx
, ibfd
))
6866 if (ent
.sec
== NULL
|| ent
.sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
6869 (_("%pB: undefined symbol on R_PPC64_TOCSAVE relocation"), ibfd
);
6874 ent
.offset
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6876 ent
.offset
= sym
->st_value
;
6877 ent
.offset
+= irela
->r_addend
;
6879 hash
= tocsave_htab_hash (&ent
);
6880 slot
= ((struct tocsave_entry
**)
6881 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htab
->tocsave_htab
, &ent
, hash
, insert
));
6887 p
= (struct tocsave_entry
*) bfd_alloc (ibfd
, sizeof (*p
));
6896 /* Adjust all global syms defined in opd sections. In gcc generated
6897 code for the old ABI, these will already have been done. */
6900 adjust_opd_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
6902 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6904 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
6906 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
6909 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6910 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6913 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
6914 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
6917 sym_sec
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
6918 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
6919 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
6921 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
)];
6924 /* This entry has been deleted. */
6925 asection
*dsec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
;
6928 for (dsec
= sym_sec
->owner
->sections
; dsec
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
6929 if (discarded_section (dsec
))
6931 ppc64_elf_tdata (sym_sec
->owner
)->deleted_section
= dsec
;
6935 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
6936 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= dsec
;
6939 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
+= adjust
;
6940 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
6945 /* Handles decrementing dynamic reloc counts for the reloc specified by
6946 R_INFO in section SEC. If LOCAL_SYMS is NULL, then H and SYM
6947 have already been determined. */
6950 dec_dynrel_count (bfd_vma r_info
,
6952 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6953 Elf_Internal_Sym
**local_syms
,
6954 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6955 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
6957 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
6958 asection
*sym_sec
= NULL
;
6960 /* Can this reloc be dynamic? This switch, and later tests here
6961 should be kept in sync with the code in check_relocs. */
6962 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (r_info
);
6969 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
6970 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
6971 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
6972 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
6973 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
6978 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
6979 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
6980 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
6981 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
6982 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
6983 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
6984 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
6985 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
6986 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
6987 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
6988 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
6989 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
6990 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
6991 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
6992 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
6993 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
6994 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
6998 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
6999 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7000 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7001 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
7002 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
7003 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
7004 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
7005 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
7006 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
7007 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
7008 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
7009 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
7010 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
7011 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
7012 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
7013 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
7014 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
7015 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
7016 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
7017 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
7020 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
7021 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
7022 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
7023 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
7024 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
7025 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
7026 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
7031 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
7033 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7034 bfd
*ibfd
= sec
->owner
;
7036 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (r_info
);
7037 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, local_syms
, r_symndx
, ibfd
))
7042 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
7043 || !h
->def_regular
))
7045 && !bfd_link_executable (info
)
7046 && !SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
7047 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7048 && must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7049 || (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7051 ? h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
7052 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)))
7059 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7060 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7061 pp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
;
7063 /* elf_gc_sweep may have already removed all dyn relocs associated
7064 with local syms for a given section. Also, symbol flags are
7065 changed by elf_gc_sweep_symbol, confusing the test above. Don't
7066 report a dynreloc miscount. */
7067 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7070 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7074 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
7086 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
7087 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
7089 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
7091 if (local_syms
== NULL
)
7092 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
7093 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
7096 vpp
= &elf_section_data (sym_sec
)->local_dynrel
;
7097 pp
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
7099 if (*pp
== NULL
&& info
->gc_sections
)
7102 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
7103 while ((p
= *pp
) != NULL
)
7105 if (p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
== is_ifunc
)
7116 /* xgettext:c-format */
7117 _bfd_error_handler (_("dynreloc miscount for %pB, section %pA"),
7119 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7123 /* Remove unused Official Procedure Descriptor entries. Currently we
7124 only remove those associated with functions in discarded link-once
7125 sections, or weakly defined functions that have been overridden. It
7126 would be possible to remove many more entries for statically linked
7130 ppc64_elf_edit_opd (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7133 bfd_boolean some_edited
= FALSE
;
7134 asection
*need_pad
= NULL
;
7135 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7137 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7141 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7144 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7145 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7146 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7147 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
7148 bfd_boolean need_edit
, add_aux_fields
, broken
;
7149 bfd_size_type cnt_16b
= 0;
7151 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7154 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".opd");
7155 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->size
== 0)
7158 if (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
7161 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7164 /* Look through the section relocs. */
7165 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
7169 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7171 /* Read the relocations. */
7172 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7174 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7177 /* First run through the relocs to check they are sane, and to
7178 determine whether we need to edit this opd section. */
7182 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7183 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7185 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7186 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7188 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7189 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7192 /* .opd contains an array of 16 or 24 byte entries. We're
7193 only interested in the reloc pointing to a function entry
7195 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7196 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7197 || rel
[1].r_offset
!= offset
+ 8)
7199 /* If someone messes with .opd alignment then after a
7200 "ld -r" we might have padding in the middle of .opd.
7201 Also, there's nothing to prevent someone putting
7202 something silly in .opd with the assembler. No .opd
7203 optimization for them! */
7206 (_("%pB: .opd is not a regular array of opd entries"), ibfd
);
7211 if ((r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_ADDR64
7212 || (r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
)) != R_PPC64_TOC
)
7215 /* xgettext:c-format */
7216 (_("%pB: unexpected reloc type %u in .opd section"),
7222 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7223 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7227 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
->owner
== NULL
)
7229 const char *sym_name
;
7231 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7233 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
,
7237 /* xgettext:c-format */
7238 (_("%pB: undefined sym `%s' in .opd section"),
7244 /* opd entries are always for functions defined in the
7245 current input bfd. If the symbol isn't defined in the
7246 input bfd, then we won't be using the function in this
7247 bfd; It must be defined in a linkonce section in another
7248 bfd, or is weak. It's also possible that we are
7249 discarding the function due to a linker script /DISCARD/,
7250 which we test for via the output_section. */
7251 if (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7252 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7256 if (rel
+ 1 == relend
7257 || (rel
+ 2 < relend
7258 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7263 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 24)
7268 if (sec
->size
== offset
+ 16)
7275 else if (rel
+ 1 < relend
7276 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[0].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
7277 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
)
7279 if (rel
[0].r_offset
== offset
+ 16)
7281 else if (rel
[0].r_offset
!= offset
+ 24)
7288 add_aux_fields
= htab
->params
->non_overlapping_opd
&& cnt_16b
> 0;
7290 if (!broken
&& (need_edit
|| add_aux_fields
))
7292 Elf_Internal_Rela
*write_rel
;
7293 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7294 bfd_byte
*rptr
, *wptr
;
7295 bfd_byte
*new_contents
;
7298 new_contents
= NULL
;
7299 amt
= OPD_NDX (sec
->size
) * sizeof (long);
7300 opd
= &ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.opd
;
7301 opd
->adjust
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
, amt
);
7302 if (opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
7305 /* This seems a waste of time as input .opd sections are all
7306 zeros as generated by gcc, but I suppose there's no reason
7307 this will always be so. We might start putting something in
7308 the third word of .opd entries. */
7309 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7312 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, sec
, &loc
))
7317 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7318 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7320 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7324 sec
->contents
= loc
;
7325 sec
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7328 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
7330 new_contents
= sec
->contents
;
7333 new_contents
= bfd_malloc (sec
->size
+ cnt_16b
* 8);
7334 if (new_contents
== NULL
)
7338 wptr
= new_contents
;
7339 rptr
= sec
->contents
;
7340 write_rel
= relstart
;
7341 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
7343 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7345 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7346 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= NULL
;
7347 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7349 Elf_Internal_Rela
*next_rel
;
7352 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7353 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7358 if (next_rel
+ 1 == relend
7359 || (next_rel
+ 2 < relend
7360 && ELF64_R_TYPE (next_rel
[2].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOC
))
7363 /* See if the .opd entry is full 24 byte or
7364 16 byte (with fd_aux entry overlapped with next
7367 if (next_rel
== relend
)
7369 if (sec
->size
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7372 else if (next_rel
->r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 16)
7376 && h
->root
.root
.string
[0] == '.')
7378 fdh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->oh
;
7381 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (fdh
);
7382 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
7383 && fdh
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7388 skip
= (sym_sec
->owner
!= ibfd
7389 || sym_sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
);
7392 if (fdh
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->owner
== ibfd
)
7394 /* Arrange for the function descriptor sym
7396 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
7397 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= sym_sec
;
7399 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = -1;
7401 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7406 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
7410 if (++rel
== next_rel
)
7413 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7414 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
7421 /* We'll be keeping this opd entry. */
7426 /* Redefine the function descriptor symbol to
7427 this location in the opd section. It is
7428 necessary to update the value here rather
7429 than using an array of adjustments as we do
7430 for local symbols, because various places
7431 in the generic ELF code use the value
7432 stored in u.def.value. */
7433 fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7434 fdh
->adjust_done
= 1;
7437 /* Local syms are a bit tricky. We could
7438 tweak them as they can be cached, but
7439 we'd need to look through the local syms
7440 for the function descriptor sym which we
7441 don't have at the moment. So keep an
7442 array of adjustments. */
7443 adjust
= (wptr
- new_contents
) - (rptr
- sec
->contents
);
7444 opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (rel
->r_offset
)] = adjust
;
7447 memcpy (wptr
, rptr
, opd_ent_size
);
7448 wptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7449 if (add_aux_fields
&& opd_ent_size
== 16)
7451 memset (wptr
, '\0', 8);
7455 /* We need to adjust any reloc offsets to point to the
7457 for ( ; rel
!= next_rel
; ++rel
)
7459 rel
->r_offset
+= adjust
;
7460 if (write_rel
!= rel
)
7461 memcpy (write_rel
, rel
, sizeof (*rel
));
7466 rptr
+= opd_ent_size
;
7469 sec
->size
= wptr
- new_contents
;
7470 sec
->reloc_count
= write_rel
- relstart
;
7473 free (sec
->contents
);
7474 sec
->contents
= new_contents
;
7477 /* Fudge the header size too, as this is used later in
7478 elf_bfd_final_link if we are emitting relocs. */
7479 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (sec
);
7480 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= sec
->reloc_count
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
7483 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7486 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7487 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7489 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7492 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7497 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_opd_syms
, NULL
);
7499 /* If we are doing a final link and the last .opd entry is just 16 byte
7500 long, add a 8 byte padding after it. */
7501 if (need_pad
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7505 if ((need_pad
->flags
& SEC_IN_MEMORY
) == 0)
7507 BFD_ASSERT (need_pad
->size
> 0);
7509 p
= bfd_malloc (need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7513 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (need_pad
->owner
, need_pad
,
7514 p
, 0, need_pad
->size
))
7517 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7518 need_pad
->flags
|= (SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
7522 p
= bfd_realloc (need_pad
->contents
, need_pad
->size
+ 8);
7526 need_pad
->contents
= p
;
7529 memset (need_pad
->contents
+ need_pad
->size
, 0, 8);
7530 need_pad
->size
+= 8;
7536 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
7537 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
7540 ppc64_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7542 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7545 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
7547 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7551 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
7552 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
7553 between the call and its destination. */
7554 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
7556 limit
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
7562 limit
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
7569 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7570 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
7572 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
7574 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
7575 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
7578 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
7579 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
7581 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
7583 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
7587 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
7588 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
7589 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
7590 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
7591 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
7592 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
7593 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
7594 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
7595 particular R_PPC64_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
7596 call, for each of the R_PPC64_PLTSEQ and R_PPC64_PLT16* insns in
7597 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
7598 together except their symbol. */
7600 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7602 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7603 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
7605 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
7609 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7611 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7612 if (ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_pltcall
7613 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7615 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7617 /* Read the relocations. */
7618 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7620 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7623 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7624 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7626 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7627 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7629 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7630 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7631 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
7633 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7634 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
7635 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
7638 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7639 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
7642 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7644 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7645 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (bfd_byte
*) local_syms
)
7650 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
7654 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
7657 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
7658 + sym_sec
->output_offset
7659 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7660 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7661 + sec
->output_offset
7662 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7663 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
7664 && !(r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
7665 && (((h
? h
->other
: sym
->st_other
)
7666 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
7667 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
7668 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
7671 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7675 if (local_syms
!= NULL
7676 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
7678 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
7681 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
7688 /* Set htab->tls_get_addr and call the generic ELF tls_setup function. */
7691 ppc64_elf_tls_setup (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7693 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7694 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
, *tga_fd
, *desc
, *desc_fd
;
7696 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7700 if (abiversion (info
->output_bfd
) == 1)
7703 if (htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
)
7704 htab
->do_multi_toc
= 0;
7705 else if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
7706 htab
->params
->no_multi_toc
= 1;
7708 /* Default to --no-plt-localentry, as this option can cause problems
7709 with symbol interposition. For example, glibc libpthread.so and
7710 libc.so duplicate many pthread symbols, with a fallback
7711 implementation in libc.so. In some cases the fallback does more
7712 work than the pthread implementation. __pthread_condattr_destroy
7713 is one such symbol: the libpthread.so implementation is
7714 localentry:0 while the libc.so implementation is localentry:8.
7715 An app that "cleverly" uses dlopen to only load necessary
7716 libraries at runtime may omit loading libpthread.so when not
7717 running multi-threaded, which then results in the libc.so
7718 fallback symbols being used and ld.so complaining. Now there
7719 are workarounds in ld (see non_zero_localentry) to detect the
7720 pthread situation, but that may not be the only case where
7721 --plt-localentry can cause trouble. */
7722 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
< 0)
7723 htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
= 0;
7724 if (htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
7725 && elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "GLIBC_2.26",
7726 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
7728 (_("warning: --plt-localentry is especially dangerous without "
7729 "ld.so support to detect ABI violations"));
7731 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr",
7732 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7733 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga
);
7735 /* Move dynamic linking info to the function descriptor sym. */
7737 func_desc_adjust (tga
, info
);
7738 tga_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
7739 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7740 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (tga_fd
);
7742 desc
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_desc",
7743 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7744 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc
);
7746 func_desc_adjust (desc
, info
);
7747 desc_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_desc",
7748 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7749 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (desc_fd
);
7751 if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
7753 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *opt_fd
;
7755 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, ".__tls_get_addr_opt",
7756 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7758 func_desc_adjust (opt
, info
);
7759 opt_fd
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
7760 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
7762 && (opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7763 || opt_fd
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
7765 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
7766 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
7767 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
7768 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
7769 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7771 && (tga_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7772 || tga_fd
->needs_plt
)
7773 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga_fd
)
7774 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga_fd
))))
7776 if (!(htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7778 && (desc_fd
->type
== STT_FUNC
7779 || desc_fd
->needs_plt
)
7780 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, desc_fd
)
7781 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, desc_fd
))))
7784 if (tga_fd
!= NULL
|| desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7786 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
7789 for (ent
= tga_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7790 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7792 if (ent
== NULL
&& desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7793 for (ent
= desc_fd
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
7794 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
7800 tga_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7801 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7802 tga_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7803 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, tga_fd
);
7805 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7807 desc_fd
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7808 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt_fd
->root
;
7809 desc_fd
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7810 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt_fd
, desc_fd
);
7813 if (opt_fd
->dynindx
!= -1)
7815 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
7816 opt_fd
->dynindx
= -1;
7817 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7818 opt_fd
->dynstr_index
);
7819 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt_fd
))
7824 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7825 tga
= &htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
;
7826 if (opt
!= NULL
&& tga
!= NULL
)
7828 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7829 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7830 tga
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7831 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
7833 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7835 htab
->tls_get_addr
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7837 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
7838 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7839 if (htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
7841 htab
->tls_get_addr
->oh
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
;
7842 htab
->tls_get_addr
->is_func
= 1;
7845 if (desc_fd
!= NULL
)
7847 htab
->tga_desc_fd
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt_fd
);
7848 if (opt
!= NULL
&& desc
!= NULL
)
7850 desc
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
7851 desc
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
7852 desc
->root
.u
.i
.warning
= NULL
;
7853 ppc64_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, desc
);
7855 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, opt
,
7856 desc
->forced_local
);
7857 htab
->tga_desc
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (opt
);
7859 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc
;
7860 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->is_func_descriptor
= 1;
7861 if (htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
7863 htab
->tga_desc
->oh
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
;
7864 htab
->tga_desc
->is_func
= 1;
7870 else if (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
< 0)
7871 htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
= 0;
7874 if (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
7875 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
7876 && htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
== -1)
7877 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
= 0;
7879 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (info
->output_bfd
, info
);
7882 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
7883 any of HASH1, HASH2, HASH3, or HASH4. */
7886 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
7887 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7888 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash1
,
7889 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash2
,
7890 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash3
,
7891 const struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash4
)
7893 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
7894 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7895 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7897 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
7899 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
7900 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7902 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
7903 h
= elf_follow_link (h
);
7904 if (h
== &hash1
->elf
|| h
== &hash2
->elf
7905 || h
== &hash3
->elf
|| h
== &hash4
->elf
)
7911 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
7912 opportunities. The linker has been hacked (see ppc64elf.em) to do
7913 a preliminary section layout so that we know the TLS segment
7914 offsets. We can't optimize earlier because some optimizations need
7915 to know the tp offset, and we need to optimize before allocating
7916 dynamic relocations. */
7919 ppc64_elf_tls_optimize (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7923 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7924 unsigned char *toc_ref
;
7927 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
7930 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
7934 /* Make two passes over the relocs. On the first pass, mark toc
7935 entries involved with tls relocs, and check that tls relocs
7936 involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed followed by
7937 such a call. If they are not, we can't do any tls optimization.
7938 On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to notify
7939 relocate_section that optimization can be done, and adjust got
7940 and plt refcounts. */
7942 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
7943 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7945 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= NULL
;
7946 asection
*toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
7948 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7949 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7951 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
7952 bfd_boolean found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
7954 /* Read the relocations. */
7955 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
7957 if (relstart
== NULL
)
7963 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
7964 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
7966 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
7967 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7968 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7969 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7971 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
7972 unsigned int tls_set
, tls_clear
, tls_type
= 0;
7974 bfd_boolean ok_tprel
, is_local
;
7975 long toc_ref_index
= 0;
7976 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
7977 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
7979 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7980 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_mask
, &locsyms
,
7984 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
7986 if (toc_ref
!= NULL
)
7989 && (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
7990 != (unsigned char *) locsyms
))
7997 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
7998 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
7999 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8000 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8004 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8009 /* Symbols referenced by TLS relocs must be of type
8010 STT_TLS. So no need for .opd local sym adjust. */
8011 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8014 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
8018 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8020 else if (sym_sec
!= NULL
8021 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
8023 value
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8024 value
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8025 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8026 /* Note that even though the prefix insns
8027 allow a 1<<33 offset we use the same test
8028 as for addis;addi. There may be a mix of
8029 pcrel and non-pcrel code and the decision
8030 to optimise is per symbol, not per TLS
8032 ok_tprel
= value
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 1ULL << 32;
8036 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8037 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8038 without marker relocs, then check that each
8039 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
8040 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
8041 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
8042 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
8044 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8046 && is_tls_get_addr (h
, htab
)
8047 && !found_tls_get_addr_arg
8048 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
8050 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
8051 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8052 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8057 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 0;
8060 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8061 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8062 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
8063 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8064 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8067 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
8068 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8069 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
8070 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
8071 that turns out to be the case. */
8078 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
8081 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8082 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8083 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
8084 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
8085 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8088 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
8089 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8095 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
8097 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
8100 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
8101 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
8102 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
8103 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
8104 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8109 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8110 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
8120 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8121 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
8124 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8126 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)
8127 != R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
))
8129 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
8130 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &locsyms
,
8135 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8137 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
;
8140 if (ent
->addend
== rel
[1].r_addend
)
8144 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8145 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8150 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8155 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8156 if (sym_sec
== NULL
|| sym_sec
!= toc
)
8159 /* Mark this toc entry as referenced by a TLS
8160 code sequence. We can do that now in the
8161 case of R_PPC64_TLS, and after checking for
8162 tls_get_addr for the TOC16 relocs. */
8163 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8165 = bfd_zmalloc (toc
->output_section
->rawsize
/ 8);
8166 if (toc_ref
== NULL
)
8170 value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8172 value
= sym
->st_value
;
8173 value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8176 BFD_ASSERT (value
< toc
->size
8177 && toc
->output_offset
% 8 == 0);
8178 toc_ref_index
= (value
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8;
8179 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
8180 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
8181 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
)
8183 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8187 if (pass
!= 0 && toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] == 0)
8192 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
8195 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
8199 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8204 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8205 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
8210 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
8214 || !toc_ref
[(rel
->r_offset
+ toc
->output_offset
) / 8])
8216 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8218 == ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
))
8219 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
8223 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
;
8226 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
| TLS_GDIE
;
8235 tls_set
= TLS_EXPLICIT
;
8246 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
8247 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8250 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
8251 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
8252 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
8257 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 2)
8259 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
8260 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
8263 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, NULL
, NULL
,
8268 if (toc_tls
!= NULL
)
8270 if ((*toc_tls
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
8271 && ((*toc_tls
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0))
8272 found_tls_get_addr_arg
= 1;
8274 toc_ref
[toc_ref_index
] = 1;
8280 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
8281 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
8282 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
8283 the entire optimization. */
8284 /* xgettext:c-format */
8285 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
8286 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
8287 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
8292 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
8293 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
8294 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
8295 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
8296 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
8297 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
8298 Disable optimization in this case. */
8299 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
8300 && (tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0
8301 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
8302 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
8303 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
8306 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
8308 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
8310 if (htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
)
8311 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8314 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8317 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
)
8318 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8321 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8324 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
)
8325 for (ent
= htab
->tls_get_addr
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8328 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8331 if (ent
== NULL
&& htab
->tga_desc
!= NULL
)
8332 for (ent
= htab
->tga_desc
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
8335 if (ent
->addend
== 0)
8339 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
8340 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
8346 if ((tls_set
& TLS_EXPLICIT
) == 0)
8348 struct got_entry
*ent
;
8350 /* Adjust got entry for this reloc. */
8354 ent
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
)[r_symndx
];
8356 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
8357 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
8358 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
8359 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
8366 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
8367 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
8368 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
8373 /* If we got rid of a DTPMOD/DTPREL reloc pair then
8374 we'll lose one or two dyn relocs. */
8375 if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8379 if (tls_set
== (TLS_EXPLICIT
| TLS_GD
))
8381 if (!dec_dynrel_count ((rel
+ 1)->r_info
, sec
, info
,
8387 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
& 0xff;
8388 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
8391 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8396 && (elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
!= (unsigned char *) locsyms
))
8398 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
8401 elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
).contents
= (unsigned char *) locsyms
;
8405 if (toc_ref
!= NULL
)
8407 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
8411 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_edit_toc to adjust
8412 the values of any global symbols in a toc section that has been
8413 edited. Globals in toc sections should be a rarity, so this function
8414 sets a flag if any are found in toc sections other than the one just
8415 edited, so that further hash table traversals can be avoided. */
8417 struct adjust_toc_info
8420 unsigned long *skip
;
8421 bfd_boolean global_toc_syms
;
8424 enum toc_skip_enum
{ ref_from_discarded
= 1, can_optimize
= 2 };
8427 adjust_toc_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8429 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
8430 struct adjust_toc_info
*toc_inf
= (struct adjust_toc_info
*) inf
;
8433 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
8434 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8437 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
8438 if (eh
->adjust_done
)
8441 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== toc_inf
->toc
)
8443 if (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
> toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
)
8444 i
= toc_inf
->toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
8446 i
= eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
>> 3;
8448 if ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
8451 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"), eh
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
8454 while ((toc_inf
->skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0);
8455 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
8458 eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
-= toc_inf
->skip
[i
];
8459 eh
->adjust_done
= 1;
8461 else if (strcmp (eh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
->name
, ".toc") == 0)
8462 toc_inf
->global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8467 /* Return TRUE iff INSN with a relocation of R_TYPE is one we expect
8468 on a _LO variety toc/got reloc. */
8471 ok_lo_toc_insn (unsigned int insn
, enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
8473 return ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */
8474 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
8475 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
8476 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
8477 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
8478 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
8479 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
8480 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
8481 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
8482 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
8483 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
8484 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
8485 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
8486 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
8487 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
8488 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq,lfq */
8489 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lxsd,lxssp,lfdp */
8490 /* Exclude lfqu by testing reloc. If relocs are ever
8491 defined for the reduced D field in psq_lu then those
8492 will need testing too. */
8493 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8494 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,lwa */
8496 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 60u << 26 /* stfq */
8497 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 61u << 26 /* lxv,stx{v,sd,ssp},stfdp */
8498 /* Exclude stfqu. psq_stu as above for psq_lu. */
8499 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
&& r_type
!= R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
)
8500 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stq */
8501 && (insn
& 1) == 0));
8504 /* PCREL_OPT in one instance flags to the linker that a pair of insns:
8505 pld ra,symbol@got@pcrel
8506 load/store rt,off(ra)
8509 load/store rt,off(ra)
8510 may be translated to
8511 pload/pstore rt,symbol+off@pcrel
8513 This function returns true if the optimization is possible, placing
8514 the prefix insn in *PINSN1, a NOP in *PINSN2 and the offset in *POFF.
8516 On entry to this function, the linker has already determined that
8517 the pld can be replaced with pla: *PINSN1 is that pla insn,
8518 while *PINSN2 is the second instruction. */
8521 xlate_pcrel_opt (uint64_t *pinsn1
, uint64_t *pinsn2
, bfd_signed_vma
*poff
)
8523 uint64_t insn1
= *pinsn1
;
8524 uint64_t insn2
= *pinsn2
;
8527 if ((insn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
8529 /* Check that regs match. */
8530 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8533 /* P8LS or PMLS form, non-pcrel. */
8534 if ((insn2
& (-1ULL << 50) & ~(1ULL << 56)) != (1ULL << 58))
8537 *pinsn1
= (insn2
& ~(31 << 16) & ~0x3ffff0000ffffULL
) | (1ULL << 52);
8539 off
= ((insn2
>> 16) & 0x3ffff0000ULL
) | (insn2
& 0xffff);
8540 *poff
= (off
^ 0x200000000ULL
) - 0x200000000ULL
;
8546 /* Check that regs match. */
8547 if (((insn2
>> 16) & 31) != ((insn1
>> 21) & 31))
8550 switch ((insn2
>> 26) & 63)
8566 /* These are the PMLS cases, where we just need to tack a prefix
8568 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
8569 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8570 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8573 case 58: /* lwa, ld */
8574 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8576 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8577 | (insn2
& 2 ? 41ULL << 26 : 57ULL << 26)
8578 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8579 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8582 case 57: /* lxsd, lxssp */
8583 if ((insn2
& 3) < 2)
8585 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8586 | ((40ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8587 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8588 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8591 case 61: /* stxsd, stxssp, lxv, stxv */
8592 if ((insn2
& 3) == 0)
8594 else if ((insn2
& 3) >= 2)
8596 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8597 | ((44ULL | (insn2
& 3)) << 26)
8598 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8599 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8603 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8604 | ((50ULL | (insn2
& 4) | ((insn2
& 8) >> 3)) << 26)
8605 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8606 off
= insn2
& 0xfff0;
8611 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8612 | (insn2
& ((63ULL << 26) | (31ULL << 21))));
8613 off
= insn2
& 0xffff;
8616 case 62: /* std, stq */
8617 if ((insn2
& 1) != 0)
8619 insn1
= ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52)
8620 | ((insn2
& 2) == 0 ? 61ULL << 26 : 60ULL << 26)
8621 | (insn2
& (31ULL << 21)));
8622 off
= insn2
& 0xfffc;
8627 *pinsn2
= (uint64_t) NOP
<< 32;
8628 *poff
= (off
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
8632 /* Examine all relocs referencing .toc sections in order to remove
8633 unused .toc entries. */
8636 ppc64_elf_edit_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8639 struct adjust_toc_info toc_inf
;
8640 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
8642 htab
->do_toc_opt
= 1;
8643 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
8644 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
8646 asection
*toc
, *sec
;
8647 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8648 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
8649 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *toc_relocs
;
8650 unsigned long *skip
, *drop
;
8651 unsigned char *used
;
8652 unsigned char *keep
, last
, some_unused
;
8654 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
8657 toc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".toc");
8660 || toc
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
8661 || discarded_section (toc
))
8666 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
8668 /* Look at sections dropped from the final link. */
8671 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
8673 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8674 || !discarded_section (sec
)
8675 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8676 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8677 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8680 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
8681 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8684 /* Run through the relocs to see which toc entries might be
8686 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8688 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8689 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8691 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8692 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8695 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8702 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8703 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8704 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8705 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8706 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8710 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8711 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8719 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8721 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8722 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8724 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8727 /* Anything in the toc ought to be aligned to 8 bytes.
8728 If not, don't mark as unused. */
8734 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8739 skip
[val
>> 3] = ref_from_discarded
;
8742 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8746 /* For largetoc loads of address constants, we can convert
8747 . addis rx,2,addr@got@ha
8748 . ld ry,addr@got@l(rx)
8750 . addis rx,2,addr@toc@ha
8751 . addi ry,rx,addr@toc@l
8752 when addr is within 2G of the toc pointer. This then means
8753 that the word storing "addr" in the toc is no longer needed. */
8755 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_small_toc_reloc
8756 && toc
->output_section
->rawsize
< (bfd_vma
) 1 << 31
8757 && toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
8759 /* Read toc relocs. */
8760 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
8762 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
8765 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8767 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8768 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8770 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8771 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8774 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8775 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
8778 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8779 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8784 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
8785 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
8788 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8793 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8795 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8799 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
8801 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8803 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8804 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8806 /* We don't yet know the exact toc pointer value, but we
8807 know it will be somewhere in the toc section. Don't
8808 optimize if the difference from any possible toc
8809 pointer is outside [ff..f80008000, 7fff7fff]. */
8810 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ TOC_BASE_OFF
;
8811 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8814 addr
= toc
->output_section
->vma
+ toc
->output_section
->rawsize
;
8815 if (val
- addr
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000 >= (bfd_vma
) 1 << 32)
8820 skip
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*skip
) * (toc
->size
+ 15) / 8);
8825 skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8826 |= can_optimize
| ((rel
- toc_relocs
) << 2);
8833 used
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (*used
) * (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8);
8837 if (local_syms
!= NULL
8838 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
8842 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8844 if (toc_relocs
!= NULL
8845 && elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
8852 /* Now check all kept sections that might reference the toc.
8853 Check the toc itself last. */
8854 for (sec
= (ibfd
->sections
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8857 sec
= (sec
== toc
? NULL
8858 : sec
->next
== NULL
? toc
8859 : sec
->next
== toc
&& toc
->next
? toc
->next
8864 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
8865 || discarded_section (sec
)
8866 || get_opd_info (sec
)
8867 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8868 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
8871 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8873 if (relstart
== NULL
)
8879 /* Mark toc entries referenced as used. */
8883 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
8885 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
8886 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8888 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8889 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8892 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
8896 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
8897 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
8898 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8899 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
8900 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8901 /* In case we're taking addresses of toc entries. */
8902 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
8909 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
8910 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
8921 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
8923 val
= sym
->st_value
;
8924 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
8926 if (val
>= toc
->size
)
8929 if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
8936 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
8939 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
8940 off
= rel
->r_offset
;
8941 off
+= (bfd_big_endian (ibfd
) ? -2 : 3);
8942 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, &opc
,
8948 if ((opc
& (0x3f << 2)) == (58u << 2))
8953 /* Wrong sort of reloc, or not a ld. We may
8954 as well clear ref_from_discarded too. */
8961 /* For the toc section, we only mark as used if this
8962 entry itself isn't unused. */
8963 else if ((used
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
8964 || !(skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
))
8967 /* Do all the relocs again, to catch reference
8976 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
8980 /* Merge the used and skip arrays. Assume that TOC
8981 doublewords not appearing as either used or unused belong
8982 to an entry more than one doubleword in size. */
8983 for (drop
= skip
, keep
= used
, last
= 0, some_unused
= 0;
8984 drop
< skip
+ (toc
->size
+ 7) / 8;
8989 *drop
&= ~ref_from_discarded
;
8990 if ((*drop
& can_optimize
) != 0)
8994 else if ((*drop
& ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
8997 last
= ref_from_discarded
;
9007 bfd_byte
*contents
, *src
;
9009 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9010 bfd_boolean local_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
9012 /* Shuffle the toc contents, and at the same time convert the
9013 skip array from booleans into offsets. */
9014 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (ibfd
, toc
, &contents
))
9017 elf_section_data (toc
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
9019 for (src
= contents
, off
= 0, drop
= skip
;
9020 src
< contents
+ toc
->size
;
9023 if ((*drop
& (can_optimize
| ref_from_discarded
)) != 0)
9028 memcpy (src
- off
, src
, 8);
9032 toc
->rawsize
= toc
->size
;
9033 toc
->size
= src
- contents
- off
;
9035 /* Adjust addends for relocs against the toc section sym,
9036 and optimize any accesses we can. */
9037 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9039 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9040 || discarded_section (sec
))
9043 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9045 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9048 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9050 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9051 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9053 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9056 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9063 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9064 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
9065 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9066 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
9067 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9068 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
9072 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9073 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9081 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9084 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9086 local_toc_syms
= TRUE
;
9089 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9091 if (val
> toc
->rawsize
)
9093 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & ref_from_discarded
) != 0)
9095 else if ((skip
[val
>> 3] & can_optimize
) != 0)
9097 Elf_Internal_Rela
*tocrel
9098 = toc_relocs
+ (skip
[val
>> 3] >> 2);
9099 unsigned long tsym
= ELF64_R_SYM (tocrel
->r_info
);
9103 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9104 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
9107 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9108 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (tsym
, R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
);
9112 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
9114 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9115 /* xgettext:c-format */
9116 (_("%H: %s references "
9117 "optimized away TOC entry\n"),
9118 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
,
9119 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
9120 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9123 rel
->r_addend
= tocrel
->r_addend
;
9124 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9128 if (h
!= NULL
|| sym
->st_value
!= 0)
9131 rel
->r_addend
-= skip
[val
>> 3];
9132 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= relstart
;
9135 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9139 /* We shouldn't have local or global symbols defined in the TOC,
9140 but handle them anyway. */
9141 if (local_syms
!= NULL
)
9142 for (sym
= local_syms
;
9143 sym
< local_syms
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9145 if (sym
->st_value
!= 0
9146 && bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
) == toc
)
9150 if (sym
->st_value
> toc
->rawsize
)
9151 i
= toc
->rawsize
>> 3;
9153 i
= sym
->st_value
>> 3;
9155 if ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) != 0)
9159 (_("%s defined on removed toc entry"),
9160 bfd_elf_sym_name (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, NULL
));
9163 while ((skip
[i
] & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)));
9164 sym
->st_value
= (bfd_vma
) i
<< 3;
9167 sym
->st_value
-= skip
[i
];
9168 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9171 /* Adjust any global syms defined in this toc input section. */
9172 if (toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
)
9175 toc_inf
.skip
= skip
;
9176 toc_inf
.global_toc_syms
= FALSE
;
9177 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), adjust_toc_syms
,
9181 if (toc
->reloc_count
!= 0)
9183 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9184 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
9187 /* Remove unused toc relocs, and adjust those we keep. */
9188 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9189 toc_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, toc
, NULL
, NULL
,
9191 if (toc_relocs
== NULL
)
9195 for (rel
= toc_relocs
; rel
< toc_relocs
+ toc
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9196 if ((skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3]
9197 & (ref_from_discarded
| can_optimize
)) == 0)
9199 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
- skip
[rel
->r_offset
>> 3];
9200 wrel
->r_info
= rel
->r_info
;
9201 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
9204 else if (!dec_dynrel_count (rel
->r_info
, toc
, info
,
9205 &local_syms
, NULL
, NULL
))
9208 elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
= toc_relocs
;
9209 toc
->reloc_count
= wrel
- toc_relocs
;
9210 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (toc
);
9211 sz
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9212 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= toc
->reloc_count
* sz
;
9215 else if (toc_relocs
!= NULL
9216 && elf_section_data (toc
)->relocs
!= toc_relocs
)
9219 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9220 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9222 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9225 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9230 /* Look for cases where we can change an indirect GOT access to
9231 a GOT relative or PC relative access, possibly reducing the
9232 number of GOT entries. */
9233 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9236 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9237 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
9238 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
9241 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9244 if (!ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_optrel
)
9247 sec
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
9250 got
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
9253 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9255 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
9257 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0
9258 || !ppc64_elf_section_data (sec
)->has_optrel
9259 || discarded_section (sec
))
9262 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
9264 if (relstart
== NULL
)
9267 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9268 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9272 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9277 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
9279 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
9280 unsigned long r_symndx
;
9281 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9283 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9284 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9286 unsigned char buf
[8];
9288 enum {no_check
, check_lo
, check_ha
} insn_check
;
9290 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
9294 insn_check
= no_check
;
9297 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
9298 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
9299 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
9300 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
9301 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
9302 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9303 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
9304 insn_check
= check_ha
;
9307 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
9308 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
9309 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
9310 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
9311 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
9312 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
9313 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
9314 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9315 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
9316 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
9317 insn_check
= check_lo
;
9321 if (insn_check
!= no_check
)
9323 bfd_vma off
= rel
->r_offset
& ~3;
9325 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
, off
, 4))
9328 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9329 if (insn_check
== check_lo
9330 ? !ok_lo_toc_insn (insn
, r_type
)
9331 : ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9332 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9336 ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
= 1;
9337 sprintf (str
, "%#08x", insn
);
9338 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9339 /* xgettext:c-format */
9340 (_("%H: got/toc optimization is not supported for"
9341 " %s instruction\n"),
9342 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
& ~3, str
);
9349 /* Note that we don't delete GOT entries for
9350 R_PPC64_GOT16_DS since we'd need a lot more
9351 analysis. For starters, the preliminary layout is
9352 before the GOT, PLT, dynamic sections and stubs are
9353 laid out. Then we'd need to allow for changes in
9354 distance between sections caused by alignment. */
9358 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9359 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9360 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9364 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
9365 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9370 || sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
9371 || discarded_section (sym_sec
))
9374 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9378 val
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9380 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9381 val
+= rel
->r_addend
;
9382 val
+= sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sym_sec
->output_offset
;
9384 /* Fudge factor to allow for the fact that the preliminary layout
9385 isn't exact. Reduce limits by this factor. */
9386 #define LIMIT_ADJUST(LIMIT) ((LIMIT) - (LIMIT) / 16)
9393 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
9394 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9395 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9398 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9399 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9401 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9402 if (((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
9403 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */))
9407 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
9408 if (val
- got
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (0x80008000ULL
)
9409 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (0x100000000ULL
))
9411 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9412 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 4))
9414 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9415 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) != 58u << 26 /* ld */)
9419 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
9421 pc
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9422 if (val
- pc
+ LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 33)
9423 >= LIMIT_ADJUST (1ULL << 34))
9425 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (ibfd
, sec
, buf
,
9426 rel
->r_offset
& ~3, 8))
9428 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
);
9429 if ((insn
& (-1u << 18)) != ((1u << 26) | (1u << 20)))
9431 insn
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buf
+ 4);
9432 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 57u << 26)
9442 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
9443 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
9445 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9446 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
9447 && ent
->owner
== ibfd
9448 && ent
->tls_type
== 0)
9450 BFD_ASSERT (ent
&& ent
->got
.refcount
> 0);
9451 ent
->got
.refcount
-= 1;
9454 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
9458 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9459 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9461 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9464 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9471 /* Return true iff input section I references the TOC using
9472 instructions limited to +/-32k offsets. */
9475 ppc64_elf_has_small_toc_reloc (asection
*i
)
9477 return (is_ppc64_elf (i
->owner
)
9478 && ppc64_elf_tdata (i
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
);
9481 /* Allocate space for one GOT entry. */
9484 allocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9485 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9486 struct got_entry
*gent
)
9488 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9489 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9490 int entsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)
9492 int rentsize
= (gent
->tls_type
& eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_GD
9493 ? 2 : 1) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9494 asection
*got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->got
;
9496 gent
->got
.offset
= got
->size
;
9497 got
->size
+= entsize
;
9499 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9501 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rentsize
;
9502 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rentsize
;
9504 else if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
9505 && !(gent
->tls_type
!= 0
9506 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
9507 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9508 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9510 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
9511 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9513 asection
*relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (gent
->owner
)->relgot
;
9514 relgot
->size
+= rentsize
;
9518 /* This function merges got entries in the same toc group. */
9521 merge_got_entries (struct got_entry
**pent
)
9523 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
9525 for (ent
= *pent
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9526 if (!ent
->is_indirect
)
9527 for (ent2
= ent
->next
; ent2
!= NULL
; ent2
= ent2
->next
)
9528 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
9529 && ent2
->addend
== ent
->addend
9530 && ent2
->tls_type
== ent
->tls_type
9531 && elf_gp (ent2
->owner
) == elf_gp (ent
->owner
))
9533 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
9534 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
9538 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
9541 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9542 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9544 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9546 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
9547 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
9548 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9549 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9552 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
9553 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
9557 /* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
9561 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9563 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9564 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9566 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
9567 struct got_entry
**pgent
, *gent
;
9569 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9572 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9573 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9577 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
9578 /* Run through the TLS GD got entries first if we're changing them
9580 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
))
9581 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9582 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9583 && (gent
->tls_type
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
9585 /* This was a GD entry that has been converted to TPREL. If
9586 there happens to be a TPREL entry we can use that one. */
9587 struct got_entry
*ent
;
9588 for (ent
= h
->got
.glist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9589 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0
9590 && (ent
->tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
) != 0
9591 && ent
->addend
== gent
->addend
9592 && ent
->owner
== gent
->owner
)
9594 gent
->got
.refcount
= 0;
9598 /* If not, then we'll be using our own TPREL entry. */
9599 if (gent
->got
.refcount
!= 0)
9600 gent
->tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
9603 /* Remove any list entry that won't generate a word in the GOT before
9604 we call merge_got_entries. Otherwise we risk merging to empty
9606 pgent
= &h
->got
.glist
;
9607 while ((gent
= *pgent
) != NULL
)
9608 if (gent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
9610 if ((gent
->tls_type
& TLS_LD
) != 0
9611 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9613 ppc64_tlsld_got (gent
->owner
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
9614 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9617 pgent
= &gent
->next
;
9620 *pgent
= gent
->next
;
9622 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
9623 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
9625 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
9626 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
9628 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol should
9630 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9633 if (!is_ppc64_elf (gent
->owner
))
9636 allocate_got (h
, info
, gent
);
9639 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
9640 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
9641 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9642 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9643 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9645 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
9646 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9647 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
9648 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9650 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
9651 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
9652 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
9653 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9655 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9657 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
, **pp
;
9659 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
9660 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to
9661 be defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case,
9662 discard space for relocs that have become local due to symbol
9663 visibility changes. */
9664 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9666 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call
9667 insn, or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that
9668 can be generated via assembly. We want calls to
9669 protected symbols to resolve directly to the function
9670 rather than going via the plt. If people want function
9671 pointer comparisons to work as expected then they should
9672 avoid writing weird assembly. */
9673 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
9675 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
9677 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
9686 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
9688 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9689 should be made dynamic. */
9690 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9695 /* For a fixed position executable, discard space for
9696 relocs against symbols which are not dynamic. */
9697 else if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9699 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
9701 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
9703 /* Ensure we catch all the cases where this symbol
9704 should be made dynamic. */
9705 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
9708 /* But if that didn't work out, discard dynamic relocs. */
9709 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
9710 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9713 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
9716 /* Finally, allocate space. */
9717 for (p
= eh
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9719 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9720 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9721 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9722 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9726 /* We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
9729 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
9730 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
9731 if ((htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9732 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
9733 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
9736 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9737 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
9738 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
9739 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
9741 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9742 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
9743 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9744 if (pent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
9746 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9747 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9749 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9752 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9753 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9754 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9759 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9760 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9761 s
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9766 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
9770 s
->size
+= PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9772 pent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
9774 /* Make room for this entry. */
9775 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
9777 /* Make room for the .glink code. */
9780 s
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
);
9783 /* We need bigger stubs past index 32767. */
9784 if (s
->size
>= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + 32768*2*4)
9791 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9792 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9795 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9799 pent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
9802 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9808 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
9815 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
9816 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
9817 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
9819 ((((v) & 0x3ffff0000ULL) << 16) | (v & 0xffff))
9820 #define HA34(v) ((v + (1ULL << 33)) >> 34)
9822 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections
9823 to set up space for global entry stubs. These are put in glink,
9824 after the branch table. */
9827 size_global_entry_stubs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9829 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9830 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9831 struct plt_entry
*pent
;
9834 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9837 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9844 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9848 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
9849 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9850 for (pent
= h
->plt
.plist
; pent
!= NULL
; pent
= pent
->next
)
9851 if (pent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
9852 && pent
->addend
== 0)
9854 /* For ELFv2, if this symbol is not defined in a regular file
9855 and we are not generating a shared library or pie, then we
9856 need to define the symbol in the executable on a call stub.
9857 This is to avoid text relocations. */
9858 bfd_vma off
, stub_align
, stub_off
, stub_size
;
9859 unsigned int align_power
;
9863 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
9864 align_power
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9866 align_power
= -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
9867 /* Setting section alignment is delayed until we know it is
9868 non-empty. Otherwise the .text output section will be
9869 aligned at least to plt_stub_align even when no global
9870 entry stubs are needed. */
9871 if (s
->alignment_power
< align_power
)
9872 s
->alignment_power
= align_power
;
9873 stub_align
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << align_power
;
9874 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0
9875 || ((((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)
9876 - (stub_off
& -stub_align
))
9877 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
)))
9878 stub_off
= (stub_off
+ stub_align
- 1) & -stub_align
;
9879 off
= pent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
9880 off
-= stub_off
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
9881 /* Note that for --plt-stub-align negative we have a possible
9882 dependency between stub offset and size. Break that
9883 dependency by assuming the max stub size when calculating
9885 if (PPC_HA (off
) == 0)
9887 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
9888 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
9889 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_off
;
9890 s
->size
= stub_off
+ stub_size
;
9896 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
9897 read-only sections. */
9900 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9904 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9907 sec
= readonly_dynrelocs (h
);
9910 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9912 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9913 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT'"
9914 " in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
9915 sec
->owner
, h
->root
.root
.string
, sec
);
9917 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
9923 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9926 ppc64_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9927 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9929 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9934 struct got_entry
*first_tlsld
;
9936 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
9940 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9944 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9946 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9947 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
9949 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9952 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9953 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
9957 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
9959 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9961 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
9962 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
9963 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
9964 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
9965 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
9966 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9967 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9969 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
9972 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9974 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
9976 for (p
= elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
9978 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
9979 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
9981 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
9982 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
9983 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
9986 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
9988 asection
*srel
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
9990 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9991 srel
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
9992 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
9993 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9998 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
10002 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
10003 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10004 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
10005 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
10006 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
10007 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
10008 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10009 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
10011 struct got_entry
**pent
, *ent
;
10014 while ((ent
= *pent
) != NULL
)
10015 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10017 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
10019 ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
)->got
.refcount
+= 1;
10024 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
10025 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10027 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10028 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
10033 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
10034 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10036 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
10037 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
10039 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10040 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
10041 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
10043 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10044 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
10053 /* Allocate space for plt calls to local syms. */
10054 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
10055 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
10057 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10059 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10060 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
10062 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
10064 s
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
10065 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10066 s
->size
+= PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10067 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10069 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
10070 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
10071 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10074 s
= htab
->pltlocal
;
10075 ent
->plt
.offset
= s
->size
;
10076 s
->size
+= LOCAL_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
10077 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10078 htab
->relpltlocal
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10082 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10086 /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
10087 sym dynamic relocs. */
10088 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
10090 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
10091 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, size_global_entry_stubs
, info
);
10093 first_tlsld
= NULL
;
10094 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10096 struct got_entry
*ent
;
10098 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10101 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
10102 if (ent
->got
.refcount
> 0)
10104 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
&& first_tlsld
!= NULL
)
10106 ent
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
10107 ent
->got
.ent
= first_tlsld
;
10111 if (first_tlsld
== NULL
)
10113 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10114 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
10117 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
10119 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10120 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
10125 ent
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
10128 /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
10129 Allocate memory for them. */
10131 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
10133 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
10136 if (s
== htab
->brlt
|| s
== htab
->relbrlt
)
10137 /* These haven't been allocated yet; don't strip. */
10139 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
10140 || s
== htab
->elf
.splt
10141 || s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
10142 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
10143 || s
== htab
->glink
10144 || s
== htab
->global_entry
10145 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
10146 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
10148 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
10151 else if (s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
)
10153 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10154 /* Not sized yet. */
10157 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".rela"))
10161 if (s
!= htab
->elf
.srelplt
)
10164 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
10165 to copy relocs into the output file. */
10166 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10171 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
10177 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
10178 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
10179 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
10180 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
10181 before the linker maps input sections to output
10182 sections. The linker does that before
10183 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
10184 function which decides whether anything needs to go
10185 into these sections. */
10186 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10190 if (bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
10191 _bfd_error_handler (_("warning: discarding dynamic section %s"),
10194 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
10197 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. We use bfd_zalloc
10198 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
10199 section's contents are written out. This should not happen,
10200 but this way if it does we get a R_PPC64_NONE reloc in .rela
10201 sections instead of garbage.
10202 We also rely on the section contents being zero when writing
10203 the GOT and .dynrelro. */
10204 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
10205 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10209 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
10211 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
10214 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
10215 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
!= htab
->elf
.sgot
)
10218 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10221 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10222 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10226 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
10230 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
10233 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (ibfd
, s
->size
);
10234 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
10237 s
->reloc_count
= 0;
10242 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10244 bfd_boolean tls_opt
;
10246 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
10247 values later, in ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
10248 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
10249 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
10250 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
10251 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
10252 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
10254 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
10256 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
10260 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
10262 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
10263 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
10264 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
10265 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0)
10266 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_GLINK
, 0))
10270 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& abiversion (output_bfd
) <= 1)
10272 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPD
, 0)
10273 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
, 0))
10277 tls_opt
= (htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
10278 && ((htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
10279 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
10280 || (htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
10281 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)));
10282 if (tls_opt
|| !htab
->opd_abi
)
10284 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC64_OPT
, tls_opt
? PPC64_OPT_TLS
: 0))
10290 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
10291 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
10292 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)))
10295 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
10296 then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
10297 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
10298 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, maybe_set_textrel
, info
);
10300 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
10302 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
10307 #undef add_dynamic_entry
10312 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
10315 ppc64_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
10317 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10319 && !h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10322 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
10325 /* Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a call. */
10327 static inline enum ppc_stub_type
10328 ppc_type_of_stub (asection
*input_sec
,
10329 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
10330 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
**hash
,
10331 struct plt_entry
**plt_ent
,
10332 bfd_vma destination
,
10333 unsigned long local_off
)
10335 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
= *hash
;
10337 bfd_vma branch_offset
;
10338 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
;
10339 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
10343 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10344 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
= h
;
10346 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
10348 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
10352 for (ent
= fdh
->elf
.plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10353 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10354 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10357 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10360 /* Here, we know we don't have a plt entry. If we don't have a
10361 either a defined function descriptor or a defined entry symbol
10362 in a regular object file, then it is pointless trying to make
10363 any other type of stub. */
10364 if (!is_static_defined (&fdh
->elf
)
10365 && !is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
10366 return ppc_stub_none
;
10368 else if (elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
10370 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_sec
->owner
);
10371 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
10372 elf_local_got_ents (input_sec
->owner
) + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10373 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
10375 if (local_plt
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
10377 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
10379 for (ent
= local_plt
[r_symndx
]; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
10380 if (ent
->addend
== rel
->r_addend
10381 && ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
10384 return ppc_stub_plt_call
;
10389 /* Determine where the call point is. */
10390 location
= (input_sec
->output_offset
10391 + input_sec
->output_section
->vma
10394 branch_offset
= destination
- location
;
10395 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
10397 /* Determine if a long branch stub is needed. */
10398 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
10399 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14
10400 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
10401 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
10402 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
10404 if (branch_offset
+ max_branch_offset
>= 2 * max_branch_offset
- local_off
)
10405 /* We need a stub. Figure out whether a long_branch or plt_branch
10406 is needed later. */
10407 return ppc_stub_long_branch
;
10409 return ppc_stub_none
;
10412 /* Gets the address of a label (1:) in r11 and builds an offset in r12,
10413 then adds it to r11 (LOAD false) or loads r12 from r11+r12 (LOAD true).
10418 . lis %r12,xxx-1b@highest
10419 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@higher
10420 . sldi %r12,%r12,32
10421 . oris %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@high
10422 . ori %r12,%r12,xxx-1b@l
10423 . add/ldx %r12,%r11,%r12 */
10426 build_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, bfd_boolean load
)
10428 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
10430 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10432 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
10434 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
10436 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10439 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10441 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R11
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10444 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10446 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDIS_R12_R11
+ PPC_HA (off
), p
);
10449 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LD_R12_0R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10451 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADDI_R12_R12
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10456 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10458 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10463 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R12
+ ((off
>> 48) & 0xffff), p
);
10465 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10467 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff), p
);
10471 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10473 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R12_R12_32
, p
);
10476 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10478 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORIS_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_HI (off
), p
);
10481 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10483 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R12_R12_0
+ PPC_LO (off
), p
);
10487 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10489 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10495 static unsigned int
10496 size_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10499 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10501 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10505 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10510 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10513 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10515 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10517 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10524 static unsigned int
10525 num_relocs_for_offset (bfd_vma off
)
10527 unsigned int num_rel
;
10528 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10530 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10535 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
>= 0x1000000000000ULL
10536 && ((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10538 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10540 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10546 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10547 emit_relocs_for_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
,
10548 bfd_vma roff
, bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
)
10550 bfd_vma relative_targ
= targ
- (roff
- 8);
10551 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
10553 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10554 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10555 if (off
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
10556 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16
);
10557 else if (off
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
)
10559 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HA
);
10562 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10563 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10564 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10568 if (off
+ 0x800000000000ULL
< 0x1000000000000ULL
)
10569 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10572 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
);
10573 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffff) != 0)
10577 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10578 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
);
10579 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10582 if (((off
>> 32) & 0xffffffffULL
) != 0)
10584 if (PPC_HI (off
) != 0)
10588 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10589 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
);
10590 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10592 if (PPC_LO (off
) != 0)
10596 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10597 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
);
10598 r
->r_addend
= relative_targ
+ roff
;
10605 build_powerxx_offset (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
,
10609 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10614 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, NOP
, p
);
10620 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
;
10622 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10624 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10626 /* The minimum value for paddi is -0x200000000. The minimum value
10627 for li is -0x8000, which when shifted by 34 and added gives a
10628 minimum value of -0x2000200000000. The maximum value is
10629 0x1ffffffff+0x7fff<<34 which is 0x2000200000000-1. */
10630 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10633 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LI_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10637 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10640 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10641 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10643 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10647 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10651 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10653 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10658 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LIS_R11
| ((HA34 (off
) >> 16) & 0x3fff), p
);
10660 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ORI_R11_R11_0
| (HA34 (off
) & 0xffff), p
);
10664 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10667 insn
= PADDI_R12_PC
| D34 (off
);
10668 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
>> 32, p
);
10670 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, p
);
10674 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, SLDI_R11_R11_34
, p
);
10678 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, LDX_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10680 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, ADD_R12_R11_R12
, p
);
10686 static unsigned int
10687 size_powerxx_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10689 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10691 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10697 static unsigned int
10698 num_relocs_for_powerxx_offset (bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10700 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10702 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10708 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
10709 emit_relocs_for_powerxx_offset (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10710 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, bfd_vma roff
,
10711 bfd_vma targ
, bfd_vma off
, int odd
)
10713 if (off
- odd
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34)
10715 else if (off
- (8 - odd
) + (0x20002ULL
<< 32) < 0x40004ULL
<< 32)
10717 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10718 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10719 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 - odd
- d_offset
;
10720 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10726 int d_offset
= bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
) ? 2 : 0;
10727 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10728 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 8 + odd
- d_offset
;
10729 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
);
10732 r
->r_offset
= roff
+ d_offset
;
10733 r
->r_addend
= targ
+ 4 + odd
- d_offset
;
10734 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
);
10738 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
10739 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
10740 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL34
);
10744 /* Emit .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10747 eh_advance (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*eh
, unsigned int delta
)
10751 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ delta
;
10752 else if (delta
< 256)
10754 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
10757 else if (delta
< 65536)
10759 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
10760 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10765 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
10766 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, delta
, eh
);
10772 /* Size of required .eh_frame opcode to advance pc by DELTA. */
10774 static unsigned int
10775 eh_advance_size (unsigned int delta
)
10777 if (delta
< 64 * 4)
10778 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc+[1..63]. */
10780 if (delta
< 256 * 4)
10781 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc1, byte. */
10783 if (delta
< 65536 * 4)
10784 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc2, 2 bytes. */
10786 /* DW_CFA_advance_loc4, 4 bytes. */
10790 /* With power7 weakly ordered memory model, it is possible for ld.so
10791 to update a plt entry in one thread and have another thread see a
10792 stale zero toc entry. To avoid this we need some sort of acquire
10793 barrier in the call stub. One solution is to make the load of the
10794 toc word seem to appear to depend on the load of the function entry
10795 word. Another solution is to test for r2 being zero, and branch to
10796 the appropriate glink entry if so.
10798 . fake dep barrier compare
10799 . ld 12,xxx(2) ld 12,xxx(2)
10800 . mtctr 12 mtctr 12
10801 . xor 11,12,12 ld 2,xxx+8(2)
10802 . add 2,2,11 cmpldi 2,0
10803 . ld 2,xxx+8(2) bnectr+
10804 . bctr b <glink_entry>
10806 The solution involving the compare turns out to be faster, so
10807 that's what we use unless the branch won't reach. */
10809 #define ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP 0
10810 #define ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE 0
10812 static inline unsigned int
10813 plt_stub_size (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10814 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10819 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10821 if (htab
->powerxx_stubs
)
10823 bfd_vma start
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
10824 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10825 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10826 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10828 size
= 8 + size_powerxx_offset (off
, start
& 4);
10831 size
= 8 + size_offset (off
- 8);
10832 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
> ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
10838 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10839 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10841 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
10846 if (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
)
10848 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10849 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10850 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10851 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
10853 if (PPC_HA (off
+ 8 + 8 * htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (off
))
10856 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10857 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10858 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
10860 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
10863 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10869 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10876 /* Depending on the sign of plt_stub_align:
10877 If positive, return the padding to align to a 2**plt_stub_align
10879 If negative, if this stub would cross fewer 2**plt_stub_align
10880 boundaries if we align, then return the padding needed to do so. */
10882 static inline unsigned int
10883 plt_stub_pad (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10884 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10888 unsigned stub_size
;
10889 bfd_vma stub_off
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
10891 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
>= 0)
10893 stub_align
= 1 << htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10894 if ((stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1)) != 0)
10895 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10899 stub_align
= 1 << -htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
10900 stub_size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, plt_off
);
10901 if (((stub_off
+ stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
) - (stub_off
& -stub_align
)
10902 > ((stub_size
- 1) & -stub_align
))
10903 return stub_align
- (stub_off
& (stub_align
- 1));
10907 /* Build a .plt call stub. */
10909 static inline bfd_byte
*
10910 build_plt_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
10911 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
10912 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
10914 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
10915 bfd_boolean plt_load_toc
= htab
->opd_abi
;
10916 bfd_boolean plt_static_chain
= htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
;
10917 bfd_boolean plt_thread_safe
= (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
10918 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
10919 && stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
10920 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1);
10921 bfd_boolean use_fake_dep
= plt_thread_safe
;
10922 bfd_vma cmp_branch_off
= 0;
10924 if (!ALWAYS_USE_FAKE_DEP
10927 && !(is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
10928 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
))
10930 bfd_vma pltoff
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
10931 bfd_vma pltindex
= ((pltoff
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
10932 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
));
10933 bfd_vma glinkoff
= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) + pltindex
* 8;
10936 if (pltindex
> 32768)
10937 glinkoff
+= (pltindex
- 32768) * 4;
10939 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
10940 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
10941 from
= (p
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
10942 + 4 * (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10943 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10944 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10945 + 4 * (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
)
10946 != PPC_HA (offset
))
10947 + 4 * (plt_static_chain
!= 0)
10949 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
10950 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
10951 cmp_branch_off
= to
- from
;
10952 use_fake_dep
= cmp_branch_off
+ (1 << 25) >= (1 << 26);
10955 if (PPC_HA (offset
) != 0)
10959 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10960 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10961 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
10962 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
10963 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
10964 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10965 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10968 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
10970 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
10971 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
);
10972 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
10976 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
10977 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10978 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
10979 if (plt_static_chain
)
10981 r
[3].r_offset
= r
[2].r_offset
+ 4;
10982 r
[3].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
10983 r
[3].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 16;
10988 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
10989 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
10990 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
10993 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R11_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10994 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10998 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
10999 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11002 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11004 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R11_R11
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11007 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11012 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R2_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11013 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R11_R11_R2
, p
), p
+= 4;
11015 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11016 if (plt_static_chain
)
11017 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R11
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11024 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11025 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11026 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11027 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11030 if (PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11032 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11033 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16
);
11034 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11038 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 8 + 8 * use_fake_dep
;
11039 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11040 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
;
11041 if (plt_static_chain
)
11043 r
[2].r_offset
= r
[1].r_offset
+ 4;
11044 r
[2].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11045 r
[2].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
+ 8;
11050 if (ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
11051 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11052 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
), p
+= 4;
11053 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11055 && PPC_HA (offset
+ 8 + 8 * plt_static_chain
) != PPC_HA (offset
))
11057 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (offset
), p
), p
+= 4;
11060 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11065 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, XOR_R11_R12_R12
, p
), p
+= 4;
11066 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R2_R2_R11
, p
), p
+= 4;
11068 if (plt_static_chain
)
11069 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R11_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 16), p
), p
+= 4;
11070 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R2
| PPC_LO (offset
+ 8), p
), p
+= 4;
11073 if (plt_load_toc
&& plt_thread_safe
&& !use_fake_dep
)
11075 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPLDI_R2_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11076 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BNECTR_P4
, p
), p
+= 4;
11077 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, B_DOT
| (cmp_branch_off
& 0x3fffffc), p
), p
+= 4;
11080 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11084 /* Build a special .plt call stub for __tls_get_addr. */
11086 #define LD_R0_0R3 0xe8030000
11087 #define LD_R12_0R3 0xe9830000
11088 #define MR_R0_R3 0x7c601b78
11089 #define CMPDI_R0_0 0x2c200000
11090 #define ADD_R3_R12_R13 0x7c6c6a14
11091 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
11092 #define MR_R3_R0 0x7c030378
11093 #define BCTRL 0x4e800421
11095 static inline bfd_byte
*
11096 build_tls_get_addr_stub (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11097 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11098 bfd_byte
*p
, bfd_vma offset
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
)
11100 bfd
*obfd
= htab
->params
->stub_bfd
;
11104 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R3
+ 0, p
), p
+= 4;
11105 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R12_0R3
+ 8, p
), p
+= 4;
11106 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, CMPDI_R0_0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11107 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R0_R3
, p
), p
+= 4;
11108 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, ADD_R3_R12_R13
, p
), p
+= 4;
11109 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BEQLR
, p
), p
+= 4;
11110 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MR_R3_R0
, p
), p
+= 4;
11111 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11114 r
[0].r_offset
+= 7 * 4;
11115 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11116 return build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11118 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
11120 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, STD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11124 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2 * 4;
11125 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11126 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11128 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11130 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R0_0R1
+ STK_LINKER (htab
), p
);
11132 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
11134 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BLR
, p
);
11139 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11142 r
[0].r_offset
+= 18 * 4;
11144 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, p
, offset
, r
);
11145 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, BCTRL
, p
- 4);
11147 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
11149 bfd_put_32 (obfd
, LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11153 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (obfd
, p
, htab
);
11156 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11157 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11159 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11161 base
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17;
11162 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11163 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
11165 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11166 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- 20 - loc
);
11167 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11168 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 16;
11169 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11170 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11172 *eh
++ = -(STK_LINKER (htab
) / 8) & 0x7f;
11173 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
11177 unsigned int cfa_updt
, delta
;
11178 /* After the bctrl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
11179 .eh_frame info saying the return address is on the stack. In
11180 fact we must put the EH info at or before the call rather
11181 than after it, because the EH info for a call needs to be
11182 specified by that point.
11183 See libgcc/unwind-dw2.c execute_cfa_program.
11184 Any stack pointer update must be described immediately after
11185 the instruction making the change, and since the stdu occurs
11186 after saving regs we put all the reg saves and the cfa
11188 cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
11189 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11190 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
11191 = stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
) - 4;
11192 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11193 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11201 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
11203 *eh
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
11204 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11206 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
11207 *eh
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
11209 *eh
++ = (DW_CFA_advance_loc
11210 + (stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
- 8 - cfa_updt
) / 4);
11211 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
11213 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
11214 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
11215 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11217 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11219 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11224 static Elf_Internal_Rela
*
11225 get_relocs (asection
*sec
, int count
)
11227 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
;
11228 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*elfsec_data
;
11230 elfsec_data
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11231 relocs
= elfsec_data
->relocs
;
11232 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11234 bfd_size_type relsize
;
11235 relsize
= sec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*relocs
);
11236 relocs
= bfd_alloc (sec
->owner
, relsize
);
11237 if (relocs
== NULL
)
11239 elfsec_data
->relocs
= relocs
;
11240 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
= bfd_zalloc (sec
->owner
,
11241 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
11242 if (elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
)
11244 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
= (sec
->reloc_count
11245 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11246 elfsec_data
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
11247 sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
11249 relocs
+= sec
->reloc_count
;
11250 sec
->reloc_count
+= count
;
11254 /* Convert the relocs R[0] thru R[-NUM_REL+1], which are all no-symbol
11255 forms, to the equivalent relocs against the global symbol given by
11259 use_global_in_relocs (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
,
11260 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
,
11261 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, unsigned int num_rel
)
11263 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hashes
;
11264 unsigned long symndx
;
11265 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11268 /* Relocs are always against symbols in their own object file. Fake
11269 up global sym hashes for the stub bfd (which has no symbols). */
11270 hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
);
11271 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11273 bfd_size_type hsize
;
11275 /* When called the first time, stub_globals will contain the
11276 total number of symbols seen during stub sizing. After
11277 allocating, stub_globals is used as an index to fill the
11279 hsize
= (htab
->stub_globals
+ 1) * sizeof (*hashes
);
11280 hashes
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, hsize
);
11281 if (hashes
== NULL
)
11283 elf_sym_hashes (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
) = hashes
;
11284 htab
->stub_globals
= 1;
11286 symndx
= htab
->stub_globals
++;
11288 hashes
[symndx
] = &h
->elf
;
11289 if (h
->oh
!= NULL
&& h
->oh
->is_func
)
11290 h
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
11291 BFD_ASSERT (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11292 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
11293 symval
= defined_sym_val (&h
->elf
);
11294 while (num_rel
-- != 0)
11296 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (symndx
, ELF64_R_TYPE (r
->r_info
));
11297 if (h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
!= stub_entry
->target_section
)
11299 /* H is an opd symbol. The addend must be zero, and the
11300 branch reloc is the only one we can convert. */
11305 r
->r_addend
-= symval
;
11312 get_r2off (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11313 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
)
11315 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11316 bfd_vma r2off
= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
;
11320 /* Support linking -R objects. Get the toc pointer from the
11323 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
11325 asection
*opd
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
11326 bfd_vma opd_off
= stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
11328 if (strcmp (opd
->name
, ".opd") != 0
11329 || opd
->reloc_count
!= 0)
11331 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11332 (_("%P: cannot find opd entry toc for `%pT'\n"),
11333 stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
11334 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11335 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11337 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (opd
->owner
, opd
, buf
, opd_off
+ 8, 8))
11338 return (bfd_vma
) -1;
11339 r2off
= bfd_get_64 (opd
->owner
, buf
);
11340 r2off
-= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
11342 r2off
-= htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
;
11347 ppc_build_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11349 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11350 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
11351 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11352 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11354 bfd_byte
*p
, *relp
;
11356 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
;
11361 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11362 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11365 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11366 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11367 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11368 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11369 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11371 _bfd_error_handler (_("Could not assign '%pA' to an output section. "
11372 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11373 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11377 /* Same for the group. */
11378 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11379 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11380 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11382 _bfd_error_handler (_("Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11383 "output section. Retry without "
11384 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11385 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11386 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11390 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11394 BFD_ASSERT (stub_entry
->stub_offset
>= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
);
11395 loc
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11397 htab
->stub_count
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1] += 1;
11398 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11400 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11401 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11402 /* Branches are relative. This is where we are going to. */
11403 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11404 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11405 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11406 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11408 /* And this is where we are coming from. */
11409 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11410 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11411 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11415 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11417 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11419 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11421 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11424 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11426 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11428 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11429 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11432 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11434 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11435 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11440 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, B_DOT
| (off
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
11443 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11446 (_("long branch stub `%s' offset overflow"),
11447 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11448 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11452 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11454 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1);
11457 r
->r_offset
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11458 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11459 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11460 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11461 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, 1))
11466 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11467 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11468 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
11469 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
11471 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
11473 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't find branch stub `%s'"),
11474 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11475 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11479 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11480 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11481 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11482 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11483 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11485 bfd_put_64 (htab
->brlt
->owner
, targ
,
11486 htab
->brlt
->contents
+ br_entry
->offset
);
11488 if (br_entry
->iter
== htab
->stub_iteration
)
11490 br_entry
->iter
= 0;
11492 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
11494 /* Create a reloc for the branch lookup table entry. */
11495 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11498 rela
.r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11499 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11500 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11501 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11502 rela
.r_addend
= targ
;
11504 rl
= htab
->relbrlt
->contents
;
11505 rl
+= (htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
++
11506 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
11507 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
, &rela
, rl
);
11509 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11511 r
= get_relocs (htab
->brlt
, 1);
11514 /* brlt, being SEC_LINKER_CREATED does not go through the
11515 normal reloc processing. Symbols and offsets are not
11516 translated from input file to output file form, so
11517 set up the offset per the output file. */
11518 r
->r_offset
= (br_entry
->offset
11519 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11520 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11521 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
11522 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11526 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
11527 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
11528 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
11530 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11531 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11534 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11536 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11537 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11538 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11539 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11540 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11544 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11546 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0));
11549 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11550 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11551 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11552 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11553 r
[0].r_offset
+= 4;
11554 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
);
11555 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11556 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11558 r
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
);
11559 r
[1].r_offset
= r
[0].r_offset
+ 4;
11560 r
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
);
11561 r
[1].r_addend
= r
[0].r_addend
;
11566 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
11568 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11570 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11571 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11573 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11574 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11577 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11578 LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11582 bfd_vma r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11584 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11586 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11590 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11592 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11594 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11595 ADDIS_R12_R2
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
11597 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11598 LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11601 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, LD_R12_0R2
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
11603 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11606 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11607 ADDIS_R2_R2
| PPC_HA (r2off
), p
);
11609 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11612 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11613 ADDI_R2_R2
| PPC_LO (r2off
), p
);
11617 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11619 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11623 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
11624 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
11625 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
11626 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
11627 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
11628 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
11630 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11631 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11632 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11633 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11634 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11635 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11638 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
), p
);
11641 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
11643 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11644 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11647 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11648 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11649 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11650 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11652 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11653 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11655 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11657 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11660 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11661 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11662 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11668 if (htab
->powerxx_stubs
)
11670 bfd_boolean load
= stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
11671 p
= build_powerxx_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
, odd
, load
);
11675 /* The notoc stubs calculate their target (either a PLT entry or
11676 the global entry point of a function) relative to the PC
11677 returned by the "bcl" two instructions past the start of the
11678 sequence emitted by build_offset. The offset is therefore 8
11679 less than calculated from the start of the sequence. */
11681 p
= build_offset (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, p
, off
,
11682 stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
);
11685 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11689 from
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11690 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11691 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
11693 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
11694 B_DOT
| ((targ
- from
) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
11698 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
11700 bfd_put_32 (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
11704 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11706 bfd_vma roff
= relp
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11707 if (htab
->powerxx_stubs
)
11708 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_powerxx_offset (off
, odd
);
11711 num_rel
+= num_relocs_for_offset (off
);
11714 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
, num_rel
);
11717 if (htab
->powerxx_stubs
)
11718 r
= emit_relocs_for_powerxx_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
, odd
);
11720 r
= emit_relocs_for_offset (info
, r
, roff
, targ
, off
);
11721 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
11722 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
11725 roff
= p
- 4 - stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11726 r
->r_offset
= roff
;
11727 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL24
);
11728 r
->r_addend
= targ
;
11729 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11730 && !use_global_in_relocs (htab
, stub_entry
, r
, num_rel
))
11735 if (!htab
->powerxx_stubs
11736 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
11737 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
11739 bfd_byte
*base
, *eh
;
11740 unsigned int lr_used
, delta
;
11742 base
= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
11743 + stub_entry
->group
->eh_base
+ 17);
11744 eh
= base
+ stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
;
11745 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
11746 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
11747 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
11748 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
11750 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
11751 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
11752 eh
= eh_advance (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, eh
, delta
);
11753 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
11756 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
11757 *eh
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
11759 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
= eh
- base
;
11763 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
11764 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
11765 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11766 && stub_entry
->h
->is_func_descriptor
11767 && stub_entry
->h
->oh
!= NULL
)
11769 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fh
= ppc_follow_link (stub_entry
->h
->oh
);
11771 /* If the old-ABI "dot-symbol" is undefined make it weak so
11772 we don't get a link error from RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL. */
11773 if (fh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
11774 && (stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11775 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11776 fh
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
;
11779 /* Now build the stub. */
11780 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
11781 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11784 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
11785 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
11786 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
11787 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
11789 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
11790 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
11792 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
11794 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
11796 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
11797 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
11800 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 7) != 0)
11802 info
->callbacks
->einfo
11803 /* xgettext:c-format */
11804 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
11805 stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11806 ? stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
11808 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11809 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11814 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
11816 r
= get_relocs (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11817 ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
11819 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
11820 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
11824 r
[0].r_offset
= loc
- stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->contents
;
11825 if (bfd_big_endian (info
->output_bfd
))
11826 r
[0].r_offset
+= 2;
11827 r
[0].r_addend
= targ
;
11829 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11830 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
11831 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
11832 p
= build_tls_get_addr_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11834 p
= build_plt_stub (htab
, stub_entry
, loc
, off
, r
);
11837 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
11845 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ (p
- loc
);
11847 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
11849 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11852 const char *const stub_str
[] = { "long_branch",
11865 len1
= strlen (stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1]);
11866 len2
= strlen (stub_entry
->root
.string
);
11867 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ 2);
11870 memcpy (name
, stub_entry
->root
.string
, 9);
11871 memcpy (name
+ 9, stub_str
[stub_entry
->stub_type
- 1], len1
);
11872 memcpy (name
+ len1
+ 9, stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 8, len2
- 8 + 1);
11873 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
11876 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
11878 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
11879 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
11880 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
;
11881 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
11882 h
->def_regular
= 1;
11883 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
11884 h
->forced_local
= 1;
11886 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
11893 /* As above, but don't actually build the stub. Just bump offset so
11894 we know stub section sizes, and select plt_branch stubs where
11895 long_branch stubs won't do. */
11898 ppc_size_one_stub (struct bfd_hash_entry
*gen_entry
, void *in_arg
)
11900 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
11901 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
11902 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11904 bfd_vma targ
, off
, r2off
;
11905 unsigned int size
, extra
, lr_used
, delta
, odd
;
11907 /* Massage our args to the form they really have. */
11908 stub_entry
= (struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*) gen_entry
;
11911 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
11915 /* Fail if the target section could not be assigned to an output
11916 section. The user should fix his linker script. */
11917 if (stub_entry
->target_section
!= NULL
11918 && stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
== NULL
11919 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11921 _bfd_error_handler (_("Could not assign %pA to an output section. "
11922 "Retry without --enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11923 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11927 /* Same for the group. */
11928 if (stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
11929 && stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
== NULL
11930 && info
->non_contiguous_regions
)
11932 _bfd_error_handler (_("Could not assign group %pA target %pA to an "
11933 "output section. Retry without "
11934 "--enable-non-contiguous-regions.\n"),
11935 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
,
11936 stub_entry
->target_section
);
11940 /* Make a note of the offset within the stubs for this entry. */
11941 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
11943 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
11944 && stub_entry
->h
->save_res
11945 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11946 && stub_entry
->h
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->sfpr
)
11948 /* Don't make stubs to out-of-line register save/restore
11949 functions. Instead, emit copies of the functions. */
11950 stub_entry
->group
->needs_save_res
= 1;
11951 stub_entry
->stub_type
= ppc_stub_save_res
;
11955 switch (stub_entry
->stub_type
)
11957 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
11958 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
11959 /* Reset the stub type from the plt branch variant in case we now
11960 can reach with a shorter stub. */
11961 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
11962 /* Fall through. */
11963 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
11964 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
11965 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
11966 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
11967 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
11968 targ
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (stub_entry
->other
);
11969 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
11970 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
11971 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
11975 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
11977 r2off
= get_r2off (info
, stub_entry
);
11978 if (r2off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
11980 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
11984 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
11986 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
11992 /* If the branch offset is too big, use a ppc_stub_plt_branch.
11993 Do the same for -R objects without function descriptors. */
11994 if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
11996 && htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->target_section
->id
].toc_off
== 0)
11997 || off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
11999 struct ppc_branch_hash_entry
*br_entry
;
12001 br_entry
= ppc_branch_hash_lookup (&htab
->branch_hash_table
,
12002 stub_entry
->root
.string
+ 9,
12004 if (br_entry
== NULL
)
12006 _bfd_error_handler (_("can't build branch stub `%s'"),
12007 stub_entry
->root
.string
);
12008 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
12012 if (br_entry
->iter
!= htab
->stub_iteration
)
12014 br_entry
->iter
= htab
->stub_iteration
;
12015 br_entry
->offset
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
12016 htab
->brlt
->size
+= 8;
12018 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
12019 htab
->relbrlt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12020 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12022 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
+= 1;
12023 htab
->brlt
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12027 targ
= (br_entry
->offset
12028 + htab
->brlt
->output_offset
12029 + htab
->brlt
->output_section
->vma
);
12030 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12031 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12034 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12036 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12037 += 1 + (PPC_HA (off
) != 0);
12038 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12041 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_plt_branch
- ppc_stub_long_branch
;
12042 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
)
12045 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12051 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12054 if (PPC_HA (r2off
) != 0)
12056 if (PPC_LO (r2off
) != 0)
12060 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12062 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= 1;
12063 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12067 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
12068 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
12069 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= ppc_stub_long_branch
- ppc_stub_plt_branch
;
12070 /* Fall through. */
12071 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
12072 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
12073 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12074 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12075 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12077 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12080 targ
= (stub_entry
->target_value
12081 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_offset
12082 + stub_entry
->target_section
->output_section
->vma
);
12086 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12088 unsigned int num_rel
;
12089 if (htab
->powerxx_stubs
)
12090 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_powerxx_offset (off
, odd
);
12092 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12093 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12094 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12097 if (htab
->powerxx_stubs
)
12098 extra
= size_powerxx_offset (off
, odd
);
12100 extra
= size_offset (off
- 8);
12101 /* Include branch insn plus those in the offset sequence. */
12103 /* The branch insn is at the end, or "extra" bytes along. So
12104 its offset will be "extra" bytes less that that already
12108 if (!htab
->powerxx_stubs
)
12110 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12111 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12112 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12113 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
)
12115 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12116 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12117 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12118 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12119 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12120 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12123 /* If the branch can't reach, use a plt_branch. */
12124 if (off
+ (1 << 25) >= (bfd_vma
) (1 << 26))
12126 stub_entry
->stub_type
+= (ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
12127 - ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
);
12130 else if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12131 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+=1;
12134 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
12135 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
12136 off
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
12137 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
12138 + stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12139 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12141 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1;
12142 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12145 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12146 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
12147 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
12148 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
12150 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12151 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12153 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12155 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12159 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12161 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12163 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12164 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12168 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12170 unsigned int num_rel
;
12171 if (htab
->powerxx_stubs
)
12172 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_powerxx_offset (off
, odd
);
12174 num_rel
= num_relocs_for_offset (off
- 8);
12175 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
+= num_rel
;
12176 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12179 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12181 if (!htab
->powerxx_stubs
)
12183 /* After the bcl, lr has been modified so we need to emit
12184 .eh_frame info saying the return address is in r12. */
12185 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 8;
12186 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
12188 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc or
12189 variant, DW_CFA_register, 65, 12, DW_CFA_advance_loc+2,
12190 DW_CFA_restore_extended 65. */
12191 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12192 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12193 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= lr_used
+ 8;
12197 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
12198 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
12199 targ
= stub_entry
->plt_ent
->plt
.offset
& ~(bfd_vma
) 1;
12200 if (targ
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
12202 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
12203 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
12204 || stub_entry
->h
== NULL
12205 || stub_entry
->h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
12207 if (stub_entry
->symtype
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
12208 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
12210 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
12212 targ
+= plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
12214 off
= (elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
)
12215 + htab
->sec_info
[stub_entry
->group
->link_sec
->id
].toc_off
);
12218 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
12220 unsigned pad
= plt_stub_pad (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12222 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= pad
;
12223 stub_entry
->stub_offset
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
;
12226 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
12228 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->reloc_count
12229 += ((PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
12231 ? 2 + (htab
->params
->plt_static_chain
12232 && PPC_HA (off
+ 16) == PPC_HA (off
))
12234 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12237 size
= plt_stub_size (htab
, stub_entry
, off
);
12239 if (stub_entry
->h
!= NULL
12240 && is_tls_get_addr (&stub_entry
->h
->elf
, htab
)
12241 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
12242 && stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
12244 if (htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
)
12246 lr_used
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ size
- 20;
12247 /* The eh_frame info will consist of a DW_CFA_advance_loc
12248 or variant, DW_CFA_offset_externed_sf, 65, -stackoff,
12249 DW_CFA_advance_loc+4, DW_CFA_restore_extended, 65. */
12250 delta
= lr_used
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12251 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
) + 6;
12255 /* Adjustments to r1 need to be described. */
12256 unsigned int cfa_updt
= stub_entry
->stub_offset
+ 18 * 4;
12257 delta
= cfa_updt
- stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
;
12258 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= eh_advance_size (delta
);
12259 stub_entry
->group
->eh_size
+= htab
->opd_abi
? 36 : 35;
12261 stub_entry
->group
->lr_restore
= size
- 4;
12270 stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
->size
+= size
;
12274 /* Set up various things so that we can make a list of input sections
12275 for each output section included in the link. Returns -1 on error,
12276 0 when no stubs will be needed, and 1 on success. */
12279 ppc64_elf_setup_section_lists (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12283 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12288 htab
->sec_info_arr_size
= _bfd_section_id
;
12289 amt
= sizeof (*htab
->sec_info
) * (htab
->sec_info_arr_size
);
12290 htab
->sec_info
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
12291 if (htab
->sec_info
== NULL
)
12294 /* Set toc_off for com, und, abs and ind sections. */
12295 for (id
= 0; id
< 3; id
++)
12296 htab
->sec_info
[id
].toc_off
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12301 /* Set up for first pass at multitoc partitioning. */
12304 ppc64_elf_start_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12306 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12308 htab
->toc_curr
= ppc64_elf_set_toc (info
, info
->output_bfd
);
12309 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12310 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12313 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each TOC input section
12314 and linker generated GOT section. Group input bfds such that the toc
12315 within a group is less than 64k in size. */
12318 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12320 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12321 bfd_vma addr
, off
, limit
;
12326 if (!htab
->second_toc_pass
)
12328 /* Keep track of the first .toc or .got section for this input bfd. */
12329 bfd_boolean new_bfd
= htab
->toc_bfd
!= isec
->owner
;
12333 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12334 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12337 addr
= isec
->output_offset
+ isec
->output_section
->vma
;
12338 off
= addr
- htab
->toc_curr
;
12339 limit
= 0x80008000;
12340 if (ppc64_elf_tdata (isec
->owner
)->has_small_toc_reloc
)
12342 if (off
+ isec
->size
> limit
)
12344 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12345 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12346 htab
->toc_curr
= addr
;
12347 htab
->toc_curr
&= -TOC_BASE_ALIGN
;
12350 /* toc_curr is the base address of this toc group. Set elf_gp
12351 for the input section to be the offset relative to the
12352 output toc base plus 0x8000. Making the input elf_gp an
12353 offset allows us to move the toc as a whole without
12354 recalculating input elf_gp. */
12355 off
= htab
->toc_curr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12356 off
+= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12358 /* Die if someone uses a linker script that doesn't keep input
12359 file .toc and .got together. */
12361 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0
12362 && elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != off
)
12365 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12369 /* During the second pass toc_first_sec points to the start of
12370 a toc group, and toc_curr is used to track the old elf_gp.
12371 We use toc_bfd to ensure we only look at each bfd once. */
12372 if (htab
->toc_bfd
== isec
->owner
)
12374 htab
->toc_bfd
= isec
->owner
;
12376 if (htab
->toc_first_sec
== NULL
12377 || htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (isec
->owner
))
12379 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12380 htab
->toc_first_sec
= isec
;
12382 addr
= (htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_offset
12383 + htab
->toc_first_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12384 off
= addr
- elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12385 elf_gp (isec
->owner
) = off
;
12390 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to merge GOT entries for global
12394 merge_global_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12396 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12399 merge_got_entries (&h
->got
.glist
);
12404 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse to allocate GOT entries for global
12408 reallocate_got (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
12410 struct got_entry
*gent
;
12412 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12415 for (gent
= h
->got
.glist
; gent
!= NULL
; gent
= gent
->next
)
12416 if (!gent
->is_indirect
)
12417 allocate_got (h
, (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
, gent
);
12421 /* Called on the first multitoc pass after the last call to
12422 ppc64_elf_next_toc_section. This function removes duplicate GOT
12426 ppc64_elf_layout_multitoc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12428 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12429 struct bfd
*ibfd
, *ibfd2
;
12430 bfd_boolean done_something
;
12432 htab
->multi_toc_needed
= htab
->toc_curr
!= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
12434 if (!htab
->do_multi_toc
)
12437 /* Merge global sym got entries within a toc group. */
12438 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, merge_global_got
, info
);
12440 /* And tlsld_got. */
12441 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12443 struct got_entry
*ent
, *ent2
;
12445 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12448 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12449 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12450 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12452 for (ibfd2
= ibfd
->link
.next
; ibfd2
!= NULL
; ibfd2
= ibfd2
->link
.next
)
12454 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd2
))
12457 ent2
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd2
);
12458 if (!ent2
->is_indirect
12459 && ent2
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
12460 && elf_gp (ibfd2
) == elf_gp (ibfd
))
12462 ent2
->is_indirect
= TRUE
;
12463 ent2
->got
.ent
= ent
;
12469 /* Zap sizes of got sections. */
12470 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12471 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
-= htab
->got_reli_size
;
12472 htab
->got_reli_size
= 0;
12474 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12476 asection
*got
, *relgot
;
12478 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12481 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12484 got
->rawsize
= got
->size
;
12486 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12487 relgot
->rawsize
= relgot
->size
;
12492 /* Now reallocate the got, local syms first. We don't need to
12493 allocate section contents again since we never increase size. */
12494 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12496 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
;
12497 struct got_entry
**end_lgot_ents
;
12498 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
12499 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
12500 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
12501 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
12502 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12505 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12508 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
12512 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
12513 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12514 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
12515 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
12516 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
12517 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *) end_local_plt
;
12518 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12519 for (; lgot_ents
< end_lgot_ents
; ++lgot_ents
, ++lgot_masks
)
12521 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12523 for (ent
= *lgot_ents
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
12525 unsigned int ent_size
= 8;
12526 unsigned int rel_size
= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12528 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12529 if ((ent
->tls_type
& *lgot_masks
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
12534 s
->size
+= ent_size
;
12535 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
12537 htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
+= rel_size
;
12538 htab
->got_reli_size
+= rel_size
;
12540 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12541 && !(ent
->tls_type
!= 0
12542 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
12544 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12545 srel
->size
+= rel_size
;
12551 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, reallocate_got
, info
);
12553 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12555 struct got_entry
*ent
;
12557 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12560 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (ibfd
);
12561 if (!ent
->is_indirect
12562 && ent
->got
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
12564 asection
*s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12565 ent
->got
.offset
= s
->size
;
12567 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
12569 asection
*srel
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->relgot
;
12570 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
12575 done_something
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->rawsize
!= htab
->elf
.irelplt
->size
;
12576 if (!done_something
)
12577 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
12581 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
12584 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->got
;
12587 done_something
= got
->rawsize
!= got
->size
;
12588 if (done_something
)
12593 if (done_something
)
12594 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
12596 /* Set up for second pass over toc sections to recalculate elf_gp
12597 on input sections. */
12598 htab
->toc_bfd
= NULL
;
12599 htab
->toc_first_sec
= NULL
;
12600 htab
->second_toc_pass
= TRUE
;
12601 return done_something
;
12604 /* Called after second pass of multitoc partitioning. */
12607 ppc64_elf_finish_multitoc_partition (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12609 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12611 /* After the second pass, toc_curr tracks the TOC offset used
12612 for code sections below in ppc64_elf_next_input_section. */
12613 htab
->toc_curr
= TOC_BASE_OFF
;
12616 /* No toc references were found in ISEC. If the code in ISEC makes no
12617 calls, then there's no need to use toc adjusting stubs when branching
12618 into ISEC. Actually, indirect calls from ISEC are OK as they will
12619 load r2. Returns -1 on error, 0 for no stub needed, 1 for stub
12620 needed, and 2 if a cyclical call-graph was found but no other reason
12621 for a stub was detected. If called from the top level, a return of
12622 2 means the same as a return of 0. */
12625 toc_adjusting_stub_needed (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12629 /* Mark this section as checked. */
12630 isec
->call_check_done
= 1;
12632 /* We know none of our code bearing sections will need toc stubs. */
12633 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
12636 if (isec
->size
== 0)
12639 if (isec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12643 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
12645 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
;
12646 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
12647 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12649 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (isec
->owner
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12650 info
->keep_memory
);
12651 if (relstart
== NULL
)
12654 /* Look for branches to outside of this section. */
12656 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12660 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relstart
+ isec
->reloc_count
; ++rel
)
12662 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
12663 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12664 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12665 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
12666 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
12668 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
12672 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
12673 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
12674 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
12675 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
12676 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
12677 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
12678 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL
12679 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
12682 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
12683 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
, r_symndx
,
12690 /* Calls to dynamic lib functions go through a plt call stub
12692 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
12694 && (eh
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
12696 && ppc_follow_link (eh
->oh
)->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)))
12702 if (sym_sec
== NULL
)
12703 /* Ignore other undefined symbols. */
12706 /* Assume branches to other sections not included in the
12707 link need stubs too, to cover -R and absolute syms. */
12708 if (sym_sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
12715 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
12718 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
12719 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12721 sym_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12723 sym_value
+= rel
->r_addend
;
12725 /* If this branch reloc uses an opd sym, find the code section. */
12726 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
12729 if (h
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
12733 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
12735 /* Assume deleted functions won't ever be called. */
12737 sym_value
+= adjust
;
12740 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
12741 &sym_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
12742 if (dest
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
12747 + sym_sec
->output_offset
12748 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
12750 /* Ignore branch to self. */
12751 if (sym_sec
== isec
)
12754 /* If the called function uses the toc, we need a stub. */
12755 if (sym_sec
->has_toc_reloc
12756 || sym_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12762 /* Assume any branch that needs a long branch stub might in fact
12763 need a plt_branch stub. A plt_branch stub uses r2. */
12764 else if (dest
- (isec
->output_offset
12765 + isec
->output_section
->vma
12766 + rel
->r_offset
) + (1 << 25)
12767 >= (2u << 25) - PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
12775 /* If calling back to a section in the process of being
12776 tested, we can't say for sure that no toc adjusting stubs
12777 are needed, so don't return zero. */
12778 else if (sym_sec
->call_check_in_progress
)
12781 /* Branches to another section that itself doesn't have any TOC
12782 references are OK. Recursively call ourselves to check. */
12783 else if (!sym_sec
->call_check_done
)
12787 /* Mark current section as indeterminate, so that other
12788 sections that call back to current won't be marked as
12790 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12791 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, sym_sec
);
12792 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12803 if (local_syms
!= NULL
12804 && (elf_symtab_hdr (isec
->owner
).contents
12805 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
))
12807 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
12812 && isec
->map_head
.s
!= NULL
12813 && (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
12814 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
12816 if (isec
->map_head
.s
->has_toc_reloc
12817 || isec
->map_head
.s
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12819 else if (!isec
->map_head
.s
->call_check_done
)
12822 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 1;
12823 recur
= toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
->map_head
.s
);
12824 isec
->call_check_in_progress
= 0;
12831 isec
->makes_toc_func_call
= 1;
12836 /* The linker repeatedly calls this function for each input section,
12837 in the order that input sections are linked into output sections.
12838 Build lists of input sections to determine groupings between which
12839 we may insert linker stubs. */
12842 ppc64_elf_next_input_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
12844 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12849 if ((isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
12850 && isec
->output_section
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12852 /* This happens to make the list in reverse order,
12853 which is what we want. */
12854 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].u
.list
12855 = htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
;
12856 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->output_section
->id
].u
.list
= isec
;
12859 if (htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
12861 /* Analyse sections that aren't already flagged as needing a
12862 valid toc pointer. Exclude .fixup for the linux kernel.
12863 .fixup contains branches, but only back to the function that
12864 hit an exception. */
12865 if (!(isec
->has_toc_reloc
12866 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
12867 || strcmp (isec
->name
, ".fixup") == 0
12868 || isec
->call_check_done
))
12870 if (toc_adjusting_stub_needed (info
, isec
) < 0)
12873 /* Make all sections use the TOC assigned for this object file.
12874 This will be wrong for pasted sections; We fix that in
12875 check_pasted_section(). */
12876 if (elf_gp (isec
->owner
) != 0)
12877 htab
->toc_curr
= elf_gp (isec
->owner
);
12880 htab
->sec_info
[isec
->id
].toc_off
= htab
->toc_curr
;
12884 /* Check that all .init and .fini sections use the same toc, if they
12885 have toc relocs. */
12888 check_pasted_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, const char *name
)
12890 asection
*o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (info
->output_bfd
, name
);
12894 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12895 bfd_vma toc_off
= 0;
12898 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12899 if (i
->has_toc_reloc
)
12902 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12903 else if (toc_off
!= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
)
12908 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12909 if (i
->makes_toc_func_call
)
12911 toc_off
= htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
;
12915 /* Make sure the whole pasted function uses the same toc offset. */
12917 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
12918 htab
->sec_info
[i
->id
].toc_off
= toc_off
;
12924 ppc64_elf_check_init_fini (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12926 return (check_pasted_section (info
, ".init")
12927 & check_pasted_section (info
, ".fini"));
12930 /* See whether we can group stub sections together. Grouping stub
12931 sections may result in fewer stubs. More importantly, we need to
12932 put all .init* and .fini* stubs at the beginning of the .init or
12933 .fini output sections respectively, because glibc splits the
12934 _init and _fini functions into multiple parts. Putting a stub in
12935 the middle of a function is not a good idea. */
12938 group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12939 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
,
12940 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
)
12942 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
12944 bfd_boolean suppress_size_errors
;
12946 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
12950 suppress_size_errors
= FALSE
;
12951 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
12953 /* Default values. */
12954 if (stubs_always_before_branch
)
12955 stub_group_size
= 0x1e00000;
12957 stub_group_size
= 0x1c00000;
12958 suppress_size_errors
= TRUE
;
12961 for (osec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; osec
!= NULL
; osec
= osec
->next
)
12965 if (osec
->id
>= htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
12968 tail
= htab
->sec_info
[osec
->id
].u
.list
;
12969 while (tail
!= NULL
)
12973 bfd_size_type total
;
12974 bfd_boolean big_sec
;
12976 struct map_stub
*group
;
12977 bfd_size_type group_size
;
12980 total
= tail
->size
;
12981 group_size
= (ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
) != NULL
12982 && ppc64_elf_section_data (tail
)->has_14bit_branch
12983 ? stub_group_size
>> 10 : stub_group_size
);
12985 big_sec
= total
> group_size
;
12986 if (big_sec
&& !suppress_size_errors
)
12987 /* xgettext:c-format */
12988 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB section %pA exceeds stub group size"),
12989 tail
->owner
, tail
);
12990 curr_toc
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].toc_off
;
12992 while ((prev
= htab
->sec_info
[curr
->id
].u
.list
) != NULL
12993 && ((total
+= curr
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
12994 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
12995 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
12996 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10) : group_size
))
12997 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
13000 /* OK, the size from the start of CURR to the end is less
13001 than group_size and thus can be handled by one stub
13002 section. (or the tail section is itself larger than
13003 group_size, in which case we may be toast.) We should
13004 really be keeping track of the total size of stubs added
13005 here, as stubs contribute to the final output section
13006 size. That's a little tricky, and this way will only
13007 break if stubs added make the total size more than 2^25,
13008 ie. for the default stub_group_size, if stubs total more
13009 than 2097152 bytes, or nearly 75000 plt call stubs. */
13010 group
= bfd_alloc (curr
->owner
, sizeof (*group
));
13013 group
->link_sec
= curr
;
13014 group
->stub_sec
= NULL
;
13015 group
->needs_save_res
= 0;
13016 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13017 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13018 group
->eh_base
= 0;
13019 group
->next
= htab
->group
;
13020 htab
->group
= group
;
13023 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
13024 /* Set up this stub group. */
13025 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
13027 while (tail
!= curr
&& (tail
= prev
) != NULL
);
13029 /* But wait, there's more! Input sections up to group_size
13030 bytes before the stub section can be handled by it too.
13031 Don't do this if we have a really large section after the
13032 stubs, as adding more stubs increases the chance that
13033 branches may not reach into the stub section. */
13034 if (!stubs_always_before_branch
&& !big_sec
)
13037 while (prev
!= NULL
13038 && ((total
+= tail
->output_offset
- prev
->output_offset
)
13039 < (ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
) != NULL
13040 && ppc64_elf_section_data (prev
)->has_14bit_branch
13041 ? (group_size
= stub_group_size
>> 10)
13043 && htab
->sec_info
[prev
->id
].toc_off
== curr_toc
)
13046 prev
= htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.list
;
13047 htab
->sec_info
[tail
->id
].u
.group
= group
;
13056 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
13058 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
13059 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
13060 1, /* CIE version. */
13061 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
13062 4, /* Code alignment. */
13063 0x78, /* Data alignment. */
13065 1, /* Augmentation size. */
13066 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
13067 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
13070 /* Stripping output sections is normally done before dynamic section
13071 symbols have been allocated. This function is called later, and
13072 handles cases like htab->brlt which is mapped to its own output
13076 maybe_strip_output (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*isec
)
13078 if (isec
->size
== 0
13079 && isec
->output_section
->size
== 0
13080 && !(isec
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
)
13081 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (info
->output_bfd
,
13082 isec
->output_section
)
13083 && elf_section_data (isec
->output_section
)->dynindx
== 0)
13085 isec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13086 bfd_section_list_remove (info
->output_bfd
, isec
->output_section
);
13087 info
->output_bfd
->section_count
--;
13091 /* Determine and set the size of the stub section for a final link.
13093 The basic idea here is to examine all the relocations looking for
13094 PC-relative calls to a target that is unreachable with a "bl"
13098 ppc64_elf_size_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13100 bfd_size_type stub_group_size
;
13101 bfd_boolean stubs_always_before_branch
;
13102 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13107 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1 && !bfd_link_executable (info
))
13108 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 1;
13109 if (!htab
->opd_abi
)
13110 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= 0;
13111 else if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
== -1)
13113 static const char *const thread_starter
[] =
13117 "_ZNSt6thread15_M_start_threadESt10shared_ptrINS_10_Impl_baseEE",
13119 "aio_init", "aio_read", "aio_write", "aio_fsync", "lio_listio",
13120 "mq_notify", "create_timer",
13125 "GOMP_parallel_start",
13126 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static",
13127 "GOMP_parallel_loop_static_start",
13128 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic",
13129 "GOMP_parallel_loop_dynamic_start",
13130 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided",
13131 "GOMP_parallel_loop_guided_start",
13132 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime",
13133 "GOMP_parallel_loop_runtime_start",
13134 "GOMP_parallel_sections",
13135 "GOMP_parallel_sections_start",
13141 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (thread_starter
); i
++)
13143 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13144 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, thread_starter
[i
],
13145 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13146 htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
= h
!= NULL
&& h
->ref_regular
;
13147 if (htab
->params
->plt_thread_safe
)
13151 stubs_always_before_branch
= htab
->params
->group_size
< 0;
13152 if (htab
->params
->group_size
< 0)
13153 stub_group_size
= -htab
->params
->group_size
;
13155 stub_group_size
= htab
->params
->group_size
;
13157 if (!group_sections (info
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_before_branch
))
13160 htab
->tga_group
= NULL
;
13161 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_regsave
13162 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
!= NULL
13163 && (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
13164 || htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
13165 && htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
!= NULL
13166 && is_static_defined (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
))
13168 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
, *stub_sec
;
13170 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13172 sym_sec
= htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13173 sym_value
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
13174 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13175 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13177 opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
13178 htab
->tga_group
= htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].u
.group
;
13179 stub_sec
= (*htab
->params
->add_stub_section
) (".tga_desc.stub",
13180 htab
->tga_group
->link_sec
);
13181 if (stub_sec
== NULL
)
13183 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
= stub_sec
;
13185 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
13186 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= stub_sec
;
13187 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
13188 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.type
= STT_FUNC
;
13189 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.def_regular
= 1;
13190 htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.non_elf
= 0;
13191 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, &htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
, TRUE
);
13194 #define STUB_SHRINK_ITER 20
13195 /* Loop until no stubs added. After iteration 20 of this loop we may
13196 exit on a stub section shrinking. This is to break out of a
13197 pathological case where adding stubs on one iteration decreases
13198 section gaps (perhaps due to alignment), which then requires
13199 fewer or smaller stubs on the next iteration. */
13204 unsigned int bfd_indx
;
13205 struct map_stub
*group
;
13207 htab
->stub_iteration
+= 1;
13209 for (input_bfd
= info
->input_bfds
, bfd_indx
= 0;
13211 input_bfd
= input_bfd
->link
.next
, bfd_indx
++)
13213 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13215 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
13217 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
13220 /* We'll need the symbol table in a second. */
13221 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
13222 if (symtab_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
13225 /* Walk over each section attached to the input bfd. */
13226 for (section
= input_bfd
->sections
;
13228 section
= section
->next
)
13230 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
, *irelaend
, *irela
;
13232 /* If there aren't any relocs, then there's nothing more
13234 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13235 || (section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
13236 || (section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
13237 || (section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
13238 || section
->reloc_count
== 0)
13241 /* If this section is a link-once section that will be
13242 discarded, then don't create any stubs. */
13243 if (section
->output_section
== NULL
13244 || section
->output_section
->owner
!= info
->output_bfd
)
13247 /* Get the relocs. */
13249 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, section
, NULL
, NULL
,
13250 info
->keep_memory
);
13251 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13252 goto error_ret_free_local
;
13254 /* Now examine each relocation. */
13255 irela
= internal_relocs
;
13256 irelaend
= irela
+ section
->reloc_count
;
13257 for (; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++)
13259 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
13260 unsigned int r_indx
;
13261 enum ppc_stub_type stub_type
;
13262 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
13263 asection
*sym_sec
, *code_sec
;
13264 bfd_vma sym_value
, code_value
;
13265 bfd_vma destination
;
13266 unsigned long local_off
;
13267 bfd_boolean ok_dest
;
13268 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*hash
;
13269 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
13270 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13271 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
13273 const asection
*id_sec
;
13274 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
13275 struct plt_entry
*plt_ent
;
13277 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
->r_info
);
13278 r_indx
= ELF64_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
13280 if (r_type
>= R_PPC64_max
)
13282 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13283 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13286 /* Only look for stubs on branch instructions. */
13287 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24
13288 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
13289 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14
13290 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
13291 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
13294 /* Now determine the call target, its name, value,
13296 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13297 r_indx
, input_bfd
))
13298 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13299 hash
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
13306 sym_value
= sym
->st_value
;
13307 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
13308 && sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13311 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13312 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13314 sym_value
= hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13315 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13318 else if (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
13319 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13321 /* Recognise an old ABI func code entry sym, and
13322 use the func descriptor sym instead if it is
13324 if (hash
->elf
.root
.root
.string
[0] == '.'
13325 && hash
->oh
!= NULL
)
13327 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (hash
->oh
);
13328 if (fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13329 || fdh
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13331 sym_sec
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
13332 sym_value
= fdh
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
13333 if (sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
13342 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13343 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13350 sym_value
+= irela
->r_addend
;
13351 destination
= (sym_value
13352 + sym_sec
->output_offset
13353 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
13354 local_off
= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (hash
13359 code_sec
= sym_sec
;
13360 code_value
= sym_value
;
13361 opd
= get_opd_info (sym_sec
);
13366 if (hash
== NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
13368 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym_value
)];
13371 code_value
+= adjust
;
13372 sym_value
+= adjust
;
13374 dest
= opd_entry_value (sym_sec
, sym_value
,
13375 &code_sec
, &code_value
, FALSE
);
13376 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13378 destination
= dest
;
13381 /* Fixup old ABI sym to point at code
13383 hash
->elf
.root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defweak
;
13384 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
= code_sec
;
13385 hash
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
= code_value
;
13390 /* Determine what (if any) linker stub is needed. */
13392 stub_type
= ppc_type_of_stub (section
, irela
, &hash
,
13393 &plt_ent
, destination
,
13396 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
13398 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13399 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
;
13400 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
13401 || (code_sec
!= NULL
13402 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13403 && (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13404 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13405 > 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)))
13406 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
;
13408 else if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13410 /* Check whether we need a TOC adjusting stub.
13411 Since the linker pastes together pieces from
13412 different object files when creating the
13413 _init and _fini functions, it may be that a
13414 call to what looks like a local sym is in
13415 fact a call needing a TOC adjustment. */
13416 if ((code_sec
!= NULL
13417 && code_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
13418 && (htab
->sec_info
[code_sec
->id
].toc_off
13419 != htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].toc_off
)
13420 && (code_sec
->has_toc_reloc
13421 || code_sec
->makes_toc_func_call
))
13422 || (((hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
13423 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
)
13424 == 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
))
13425 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
;
13428 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_none
)
13431 /* __tls_get_addr calls might be eliminated. */
13432 if (stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call
13433 && stub_type
!= ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
13435 && is_tls_get_addr (&hash
->elf
, htab
)
13436 && section
->has_tls_reloc
13437 && irela
!= internal_relocs
)
13439 /* Get tls info. */
13440 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
13442 if (!get_tls_mask (&tls_mask
, NULL
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
13443 irela
- 1, input_bfd
))
13444 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13445 if ((*tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
13446 && (*tls_mask
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) == 0)
13450 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13453 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
13454 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&hash
->elf
))
13455 htab
->has_plt_localentry0
= 1;
13456 else if (irela
+ 1 < irelaend
13457 && irela
[1].r_offset
== irela
->r_offset
+ 4
13458 && (ELF64_R_TYPE (irela
[1].r_info
)
13459 == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
))
13461 if (!tocsave_find (htab
, INSERT
,
13462 &local_syms
, irela
+ 1, input_bfd
))
13463 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13466 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
;
13469 /* Support for grouping stub sections. */
13470 id_sec
= htab
->sec_info
[section
->id
].u
.group
->link_sec
;
13472 /* Get the name of this stub. */
13473 stub_name
= ppc_stub_name (id_sec
, sym_sec
, hash
, irela
);
13475 goto error_ret_free_internal
;
13477 stub_entry
= ppc_stub_hash_lookup (&htab
->stub_hash_table
,
13478 stub_name
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13479 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
13481 enum ppc_stub_type old_type
;
13482 /* A stub has already been created, but it may
13483 not be the required type. We shouldn't be
13484 transitioning from plt_call to long_branch
13485 stubs or vice versa, but we might be
13486 upgrading from plt_call to plt_call_r2save or
13487 from long_branch to long_branch_r2off. */
13489 old_type
= stub_entry
->stub_type
;
13495 case ppc_stub_save_res
:
13498 case ppc_stub_plt_call
:
13499 case ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
:
13500 case ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
:
13501 case ppc_stub_plt_call_both
:
13502 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
)
13504 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13506 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13507 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13509 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
)
13511 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
)
13512 stub_type
= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
;
13518 case ppc_stub_plt_branch
:
13519 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
:
13520 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
:
13521 case ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
:
13522 old_type
+= (ppc_stub_long_branch
13523 - ppc_stub_plt_branch
);
13524 /* Fall through. */
13525 case ppc_stub_long_branch
:
13526 case ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
:
13527 case ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
:
13528 case ppc_stub_long_branch_both
:
13529 if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
)
13531 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13533 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13534 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13536 else if (stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
)
13538 if (old_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
)
13539 stub_type
= ppc_stub_long_branch_both
;
13545 if (old_type
< stub_type
)
13546 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13550 stub_entry
= ppc_add_stub (stub_name
, section
, info
);
13551 if (stub_entry
== NULL
)
13554 error_ret_free_internal
:
13555 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
== NULL
)
13556 free (internal_relocs
);
13557 error_ret_free_local
:
13558 if (local_syms
!= NULL
13559 && (symtab_hdr
->contents
13560 != (unsigned char *) local_syms
))
13565 stub_entry
->stub_type
= stub_type
;
13566 if (stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
13567 && stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
13569 stub_entry
->target_value
= sym_value
;
13570 stub_entry
->target_section
= sym_sec
;
13574 stub_entry
->target_value
= code_value
;
13575 stub_entry
->target_section
= code_sec
;
13577 stub_entry
->h
= hash
;
13578 stub_entry
->plt_ent
= plt_ent
;
13579 stub_entry
->symtype
13580 = hash
? hash
->elf
.type
: ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
13581 stub_entry
->other
= hash
? hash
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
;
13584 && (hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13585 || hash
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
13586 htab
->stub_globals
+= 1;
13589 /* We're done with the internal relocs, free them. */
13590 if (elf_section_data (section
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13591 free (internal_relocs
);
13594 if (local_syms
!= NULL
13595 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
13597 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
13600 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
13604 /* We may have added some stubs. Find out the new size of the
13606 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13608 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
13609 group
->eh_size
= 0;
13610 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13612 asection
*stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
13614 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13615 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
)
13616 /* Past STUB_SHRINK_ITER, rawsize is the max size seen. */
13617 stub_sec
->rawsize
= stub_sec
->size
;
13618 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
13619 stub_sec
->reloc_count
= 0;
13620 stub_sec
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13623 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
13625 /* See emit_tga_desc and emit_tga_desc_eh_frame. */
13626 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
13627 = 1 + 2 + (htab
->opd_abi
!= 0) + 3 + 8 * 2 + 3 + 8 + 3;
13628 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
13629 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
13632 if (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13633 || htab
->brlt
->rawsize
< htab
->brlt
->size
)
13634 htab
->brlt
->rawsize
= htab
->brlt
->size
;
13635 htab
->brlt
->size
= 0;
13636 htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
13637 htab
->brlt
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
13638 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
13639 htab
->relbrlt
->size
= 0;
13641 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_size_one_stub
, info
);
13643 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13644 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
13645 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
13647 if (info
->emitrelocations
13648 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13650 htab
->glink
->reloc_count
= 1;
13651 htab
->glink
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
13654 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13655 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
13656 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->size
> 8)
13658 size_t size
= 0, align
= 4;
13660 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13661 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13662 size
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13663 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13664 size
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
13666 size
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
13667 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13668 size
= (size
+ align
- 1) & -align
;
13669 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
;
13670 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
;
13673 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
13674 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13675 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
)
13677 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
13678 group
->stub_sec
->size
13679 = (group
->stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
13682 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13683 if (group
->stub_sec
!= NULL
13684 && group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
!= group
->stub_sec
->size
13685 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13686 || group
->stub_sec
->rawsize
< group
->stub_sec
->size
))
13690 && (htab
->brlt
->rawsize
== htab
->brlt
->size
13691 || (htab
->stub_iteration
> STUB_SHRINK_ITER
13692 && htab
->brlt
->rawsize
> htab
->brlt
->size
))
13693 && (htab
->glink_eh_frame
== NULL
13694 || htab
->glink_eh_frame
->rawsize
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
)
13695 && (htab
->tga_group
== NULL
13696 || htab
->stub_iteration
> 1))
13699 /* Ask the linker to do its stuff. */
13700 (*htab
->params
->layout_sections_again
) ();
13703 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
13704 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
13707 bfd_byte
*p
, *last_fde
;
13708 size_t last_fde_len
, size
, align
, pad
;
13709 struct map_stub
*group
;
13711 /* It is necessary to at least have a rough outline of the
13712 linker generated CIEs and FDEs written before
13713 bfd_elf_discard_info is run, in order for these FDEs to be
13714 indexed in .eh_frame_hdr. */
13715 p
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->owner
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
13718 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
= p
;
13722 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
13723 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
13724 last_fde_len
= ((sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13725 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13726 p
+= last_fde_len
+ 4;
13728 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
13729 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
13731 group
->eh_base
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13733 last_fde_len
= ((group
->eh_size
+ 17 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13735 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13738 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13739 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13741 /* Offset to stub section, written later. */
13743 /* stub section size. */
13744 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, group
->stub_sec
->size
, p
);
13746 /* Augmentation. */
13748 /* Make sure we don't have all nops. This is enough for
13749 elf-eh-frame.c to detect the last non-nop opcode. */
13750 p
[group
->eh_size
- 1] = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13751 p
= last_fde
+ last_fde_len
+ 4;
13753 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
13756 last_fde_len
= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 4;
13758 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
, p
);
13761 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13762 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
13764 /* Offset to .glink, written later. */
13767 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
- 8, p
);
13769 /* Augmentation. */
13772 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 1;
13773 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
13775 *p
++ = htab
->opd_abi
? 12 : 0;
13776 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ (htab
->opd_abi
? 5 : 7);
13777 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
13779 p
+= ((24 + align
- 1) & -align
) - 24;
13781 /* Subsume any padding into the last FDE if user .eh_frame
13782 sections are aligned more than glink_eh_frame. Otherwise any
13783 zero padding will be seen as a terminator. */
13784 align
= 1ul << htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->alignment_power
;
13785 size
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
13786 pad
= ((size
+ align
- 1) & -align
) - size
;
13787 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
= size
+ pad
;
13788 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, last_fde_len
+ pad
, last_fde
);
13791 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->brlt
);
13792 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
)
13793 maybe_strip_output (info
, htab
->glink_eh_frame
);
13798 /* Called after we have determined section placement. If sections
13799 move, we'll be called again. Provide a value for TOCstart. */
13802 ppc64_elf_set_toc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*obfd
)
13805 bfd_vma TOCstart
, adjust
;
13809 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13810 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13812 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13813 && htab
->hgot
!= NULL
)
13817 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, ".TOC.", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
13818 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
13822 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13823 && !h
->root
.linker_def
13824 && (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
13825 || h
->def_regular
))
13827 TOCstart
= defined_sym_val (h
) - TOC_BASE_OFF
;
13828 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13833 /* The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, .plt in that
13834 order. The TOC starts where the first of these sections starts. */
13835 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".got");
13836 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13837 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".toc");
13838 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13839 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".tocbss");
13840 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13841 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (obfd
, ".plt");
13842 if (s
== NULL
|| (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
13844 /* This may happen for
13845 o references to TOC base (SYM@toc / TOC[tc0]) without a
13847 o bad linker script
13848 o --gc-sections and empty TOC sections
13850 FIXME: Warn user? */
13852 /* Look for a likely section. We probably won't even be
13854 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13855 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_READONLY
13857 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13860 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13861 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13862 == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_SMALL_DATA
))
13865 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13866 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_EXCLUDE
))
13870 for (s
= obfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
13871 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_ALLOC
)
13877 TOCstart
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
13879 /* Force alignment. */
13880 adjust
= TOCstart
& (TOC_BASE_ALIGN
- 1);
13881 TOCstart
-= adjust
;
13882 _bfd_set_gp_value (obfd
, TOCstart
);
13884 if (info
!= NULL
&& s
!= NULL
)
13886 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13890 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
13892 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
;
13893 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
13898 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
13899 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, obfd
, ".TOC.", BSF_GLOBAL
,
13900 s
, TOC_BASE_OFF
- adjust
,
13901 NULL
, FALSE
, FALSE
, &bh
);
13907 /* Called via elf_link_hash_traverse from ppc64_elf_build_stubs to
13908 write out any global entry stubs, and PLT relocations. */
13911 build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13913 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
13914 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13915 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
13918 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
13922 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
13926 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
13927 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
13929 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage
13930 table. Set it up. */
13931 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
13932 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
13935 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
13936 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
13938 if (!(h
->def_regular
13939 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13940 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)))
13942 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
13944 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
13945 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
13946 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
13948 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
13950 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
13954 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
13955 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
13957 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
13959 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
13961 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
13966 rela
.r_addend
= defined_sym_val (h
) + ent
->addend
;
13968 if (relplt
== NULL
)
13970 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
13971 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
13974 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (info
->output_bfd
);
13975 toc
+= htab
->sec_info
[h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
].toc_off
;
13976 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
13981 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
13982 + plt
->output_offset
13983 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
13984 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
13985 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
13986 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
13991 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
13992 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
13993 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
13994 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
13995 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->addend
;
13996 loc
= (htab
->elf
.srelplt
->contents
13997 + ((ent
->plt
.offset
- PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
))
13998 / PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
) * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)));
13999 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
14000 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
14001 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14005 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
14008 if (h
->def_regular
)
14011 s
= htab
->global_entry
;
14012 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
14015 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14016 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
14017 && ent
->addend
== 0)
14023 p
= s
->contents
+ h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
14024 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
14025 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
14026 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
14028 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14029 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14031 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14033 off
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ plt
->output_offset
+ plt
->output_section
->vma
;
14034 off
-= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ s
->output_offset
+ s
->output_section
->vma
;
14036 if (off
+ 0x80008000 > 0xffffffff || (off
& 3) != 0)
14038 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14039 (_("%P: linkage table error against `%pT'\n"),
14040 h
->root
.root
.string
);
14041 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
14042 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14045 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1] += 1;
14046 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14048 size_t len
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
14049 char *name
= bfd_malloc (sizeof "12345678.global_entry." + len
);
14054 sprintf (name
, "%08x.global_entry.%s", s
->id
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
14055 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
14058 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14060 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14061 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
14062 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= p
- s
->contents
;
14063 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14064 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14065 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14066 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14068 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14072 if (PPC_HA (off
) != 0)
14074 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, ADDIS_R12_R12
| PPC_HA (off
), p
);
14077 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, LD_R12_0R12
| PPC_LO (off
), p
);
14079 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14081 bfd_put_32 (s
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14087 /* Write PLT relocs for locals. */
14090 write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14092 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14095 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
14097 struct got_entry
**lgot_ents
, **end_lgot_ents
;
14098 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
14099 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14100 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
14101 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
14102 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
14104 if (!is_ppc64_elf (ibfd
))
14107 lgot_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (ibfd
);
14111 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
14112 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
14113 end_lgot_ents
= lgot_ents
+ locsymcount
;
14114 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_lgot_ents
;
14115 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
14116 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
14117 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
14118 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
14120 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14122 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
14126 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
14127 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
14129 if (local_syms
!= NULL
14130 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14135 val
= sym
->st_value
+ ent
->addend
;
14136 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14137 val
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (sym
->st_other
);
14138 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
14139 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
14141 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14143 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
14144 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
14145 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
14149 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
14150 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
14153 if (relplt
== NULL
)
14155 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
14156 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
14159 bfd_vma toc
= elf_gp (ibfd
);
14160 bfd_put_64 (info
->output_bfd
, toc
, loc
+ 8);
14165 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
14166 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
14167 + plt
->output_offset
14168 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
14169 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
14172 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
);
14174 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
14179 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
);
14181 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
14183 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
14184 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
14185 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
14186 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
14190 if (local_syms
!= NULL
14191 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
14193 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
14196 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
14202 /* Emit the static wrapper function preserving registers around a
14203 __tls_get_addr_opt call. */
14206 emit_tga_desc (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
)
14208 asection
*stub_sec
= htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
;
14209 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14211 bfd_vma to
, from
, delta
;
14213 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14214 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.section
== stub_sec
14215 && htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
.root
.u
.def
.value
== 0);
14216 to
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
->elf
);
14217 from
= defined_sym_val (&htab
->tga_desc_fd
->elf
) + cfa_updt
;
14219 if (delta
+ (1 << 25) >= 1 << 26)
14221 _bfd_error_handler (_("__tls_get_addr call offset overflow"));
14222 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14226 p
= stub_sec
->contents
;
14227 p
= tls_get_addr_prologue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14228 bfd_put_32 (stub_sec
->owner
, B_DOT
| 1 | (delta
& 0x3fffffc), p
);
14230 p
= tls_get_addr_epilogue (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, p
, htab
);
14231 return stub_sec
->size
== (bfd_size_type
) (p
- stub_sec
->contents
);
14234 /* Emit eh_frame describing the static wrapper function. */
14237 emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
, bfd_byte
*p
)
14239 unsigned int cfa_updt
= 11 * 4;
14242 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ cfa_updt
/ 4;
14243 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14251 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
14253 *p
++ = (-16 / 8) & 0x7f;
14254 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14256 *p
++ = DW_CFA_offset
+ i
;
14257 *p
++ = (htab
->opd_abi
? 13 : 12) - i
;
14259 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 10;
14260 *p
++ = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
14262 for (i
= 4; i
< 12; i
++)
14263 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore
+ i
;
14264 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 2;
14265 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
14270 /* Build all the stubs associated with the current output file.
14271 The stubs are kept in a hash table attached to the main linker
14272 hash table. This function is called via gldelf64ppc_finish. */
14275 ppc64_elf_build_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14278 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14279 struct map_stub
*group
;
14280 asection
*stub_sec
;
14282 int stub_sec_count
= 0;
14287 /* Allocate memory to hold the linker stubs. */
14288 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14290 group
->eh_size
= 0;
14291 group
->lr_restore
= 0;
14292 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
14293 && stub_sec
->size
!= 0)
14295 stub_sec
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->params
->stub_bfd
,
14297 if (stub_sec
->contents
== NULL
)
14299 stub_sec
->size
= 0;
14303 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14308 /* Build the .glink plt call stub. */
14309 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14311 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14312 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
14313 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
14316 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
14318 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14319 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
14320 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 8;
14321 h
->ref_regular
= 1;
14322 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14323 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
14324 h
->forced_local
= 1;
14326 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
14329 plt0
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
14330 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
14332 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
14334 Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
= get_relocs (htab
->glink
, 1);
14337 r
->r_offset
= (htab
->glink
->output_offset
14338 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
14339 r
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_REL64
);
14340 r
->r_addend
= plt0
;
14342 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
14343 plt0
-= htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->glink
->output_offset
;
14344 bfd_put_64 (htab
->glink
->owner
, plt0
, p
);
14348 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R12
, p
);
14350 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14352 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14354 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14356 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R12
, p
);
14358 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14360 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14362 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| 8, p
);
14364 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14366 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 16, p
);
14371 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R0
, p
);
14373 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
14375 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MFLR_R11
, p
);
14377 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, STD_R2_0R1
+ 24, p
);
14379 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R2_0R11
| (-16 & 0xfffc), p
);
14381 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTLR_R0
, p
);
14383 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SUB_R12_R12_R11
, p
);
14385 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADD_R11_R2_R11
, p
);
14387 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ADDI_R0_R12
| (-48 & 0xffff), p
);
14389 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R12_0R11
, p
);
14391 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, SRDI_R0_R0_2
, p
);
14393 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, MTCTR_R12
, p
);
14395 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LD_R11_0R11
| 8, p
);
14398 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, BCTR
, p
);
14400 BFD_ASSERT (p
== htab
->glink
->contents
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
));
14402 /* Build the .glink lazy link call stubs. */
14404 while (p
< htab
->glink
->contents
+ htab
->glink
->size
)
14410 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LI_R0_0
| indx
, p
);
14415 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, LIS_R0_0
| PPC_HI (indx
), p
);
14417 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
, ORI_R0_R0_0
| PPC_LO (indx
),
14422 bfd_put_32 (htab
->glink
->owner
,
14423 B_DOT
| ((htab
->glink
->contents
- p
+ 8) & 0x3fffffc), p
);
14429 if (htab
->tga_group
!= NULL
)
14431 htab
->tga_group
->lr_restore
= 23 * 4;
14432 htab
->tga_group
->stub_sec
->size
= 24 * 4;
14433 if (!emit_tga_desc (htab
))
14435 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14436 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14440 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14441 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14443 htab
->tga_group
->eh_size
= emit_tga_desc_eh_frame (htab
, p
) - p
;
14447 /* Build .glink global entry stubs, and PLT relocs for globals. */
14448 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, build_global_entry_stubs_and_plt
, info
);
14450 if (!write_plt_relocs_for_local_syms (info
))
14453 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->brlt
->size
!= 0)
14455 htab
->brlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->brlt
->owner
,
14457 if (htab
->brlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14460 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
&& htab
->relbrlt
->size
!= 0)
14462 htab
->relbrlt
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->relbrlt
->owner
,
14463 htab
->relbrlt
->size
);
14464 if (htab
->relbrlt
->contents
== NULL
)
14468 /* Build the stubs as directed by the stub hash table. */
14469 bfd_hash_traverse (&htab
->stub_hash_table
, ppc_build_one_stub
, info
);
14471 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14472 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14473 group
->stub_sec
->size
+= htab
->sfpr
->size
;
14475 if (htab
->relbrlt
!= NULL
)
14476 htab
->relbrlt
->reloc_count
= 0;
14478 if (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
!= 0)
14479 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14480 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14482 int align
= abs (htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
);
14483 stub_sec
->size
= (stub_sec
->size
+ (1 << align
) - 1) & -(1 << align
);
14486 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14487 if (group
->needs_save_res
)
14489 stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
;
14490 memcpy (stub_sec
->contents
+ stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
,
14491 htab
->sfpr
->contents
, htab
->sfpr
->size
);
14492 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
14496 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (save_res_funcs
); i
++)
14497 if (!sfpr_define (info
, &save_res_funcs
[i
], stub_sec
))
14502 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
14503 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0)
14508 p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
14509 p
+= (sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + align
- 1) & -align
;
14511 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14512 if (group
->eh_size
!= 0)
14514 /* Offset to stub section. */
14515 val
= (group
->stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
14516 + group
->stub_sec
->output_offset
);
14517 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14518 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14519 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14520 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14523 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14524 group
->stub_sec
->name
);
14527 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14528 p
+= (group
->eh_size
+ 17 + 3) & -4;
14530 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
&& htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
14532 /* Offset to .glink. */
14533 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
14534 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
14536 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
14537 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
14538 + (p
+ 8 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
));
14539 if (val
+ 0x80000000 > 0xffffffff)
14542 (_("%s offset too large for .eh_frame sdata4 encoding"),
14543 htab
->glink
->name
);
14546 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
+ 8);
14547 p
+= (24 + align
- 1) & -align
;
14551 for (group
= htab
->group
; group
!= NULL
; group
= group
->next
)
14552 if ((stub_sec
= group
->stub_sec
) != NULL
)
14554 stub_sec_count
+= 1;
14555 if (stub_sec
->rawsize
!= stub_sec
->size
14556 && (htab
->stub_iteration
<= STUB_SHRINK_ITER
14557 || stub_sec
->rawsize
< stub_sec
->size
))
14563 htab
->stub_error
= TRUE
;
14564 _bfd_error_handler (_("stubs don't match calculated size"));
14567 if (htab
->stub_error
)
14573 *stats
= bfd_malloc (500);
14574 if (*stats
== NULL
)
14577 len
= sprintf (*stats
,
14578 ngettext ("linker stubs in %u group\n",
14579 "linker stubs in %u groups\n",
14582 sprintf (*stats
+ len
, _(" branch %lu\n"
14583 " branch toc adj %lu\n"
14584 " branch notoc %lu\n"
14585 " branch both %lu\n"
14586 " long branch %lu\n"
14587 " long toc adj %lu\n"
14588 " long notoc %lu\n"
14591 " plt call save %lu\n"
14592 " plt call notoc %lu\n"
14593 " plt call both %lu\n"
14594 " global entry %lu"),
14595 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch
- 1],
14596 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
- 1],
14597 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
- 1],
14598 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_long_branch_both
- 1],
14599 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch
- 1],
14600 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
- 1],
14601 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
- 1],
14602 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
- 1],
14603 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call
- 1],
14604 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
- 1],
14605 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
- 1],
14606 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_plt_call_both
- 1],
14607 htab
->stub_count
[ppc_stub_global_entry
- 1]);
14612 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
14613 discarded sections. */
14615 static unsigned int
14616 ppc64_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
14618 if (strcmp (".opd", sec
->name
) == 0)
14621 if (strcmp (".toc", sec
->name
) == 0)
14624 if (strcmp (".toc1", sec
->name
) == 0)
14627 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
14630 /* These are the dynamic relocations supported by glibc. */
14633 ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
)
14637 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
14639 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
14640 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
14641 case R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
:
14642 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
14643 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
14644 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
14645 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
14646 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
14647 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
14648 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
14649 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
14650 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
14651 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
14652 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
14653 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
14654 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
14655 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
14656 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
14657 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
14658 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
14659 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
14660 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
14661 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
14662 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
14663 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
14664 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
14665 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
14667 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
14668 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
14669 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
14670 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
14671 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
14672 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
14673 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
14674 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
14675 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
14676 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
14677 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
14678 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
14679 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
14680 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
14681 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
14682 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
14690 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
14691 to handle the relocations for a section.
14693 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
14694 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
14697 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
14698 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
14699 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
14702 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
14703 address or the reloc symbol index.
14705 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
14707 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
14708 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
14710 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
14711 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
14713 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
14714 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
14715 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
14716 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
14720 ppc64_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
14721 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14723 asection
*input_section
,
14724 bfd_byte
*contents
,
14725 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
14726 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
14727 asection
**local_sections
)
14729 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14730 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14731 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
14732 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
14733 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
14734 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
14735 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
14737 struct got_entry
**local_got_ents
;
14739 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
14740 bfd_boolean is_opd
;
14741 /* Assume 'at' branch hints. */
14742 bfd_boolean is_isa_v2
= TRUE
;
14743 bfd_boolean warned_dynamic
= FALSE
;
14744 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
14746 /* Initialize howto table if needed. */
14747 if (!ppc64_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC64_ADDR32
])
14750 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
14754 /* Don't relocate stub sections. */
14755 if (input_section
->owner
== htab
->params
->stub_bfd
)
14758 if (!is_ppc64_elf (input_bfd
))
14760 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
14764 local_got_ents
= elf_local_got_ents (input_bfd
);
14765 TOCstart
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
14766 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
14767 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
14768 is_opd
= ppc64_elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_type
== sec_opd
;
14770 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
14771 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
14772 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
14774 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
14776 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
14777 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
14779 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h_elf
;
14780 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14781 struct ppc_link_hash_entry
*fdh
;
14782 const char *sym_name
;
14783 unsigned long r_symndx
, toc_symndx
;
14784 bfd_vma toc_addend
;
14785 unsigned char tls_mask
, tls_gd
, tls_type
;
14786 unsigned char sym_type
;
14787 bfd_vma relocation
;
14788 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
14789 bfd_boolean warned
;
14790 enum { DEST_NORMAL
, DEST_OPD
, DEST_STUB
} reloc_dest
;
14793 struct ppc_stub_hash_entry
*stub_entry
;
14794 bfd_vma max_br_offset
;
14796 Elf_Internal_Rela orig_rel
;
14797 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
14798 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
14805 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
14806 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
14808 /* For old style R_PPC64_TOC relocs with a zero symbol, use the
14809 symbol of the previous ADDR64 reloc. The symbol gives us the
14810 proper TOC base to use. */
14811 if (rel
->r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_TOC
)
14813 && ELF64_R_TYPE (wrel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_ADDR64
14815 r_symndx
= ELF64_R_SYM (wrel
[-1].r_info
);
14821 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14824 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
14826 /* It's a local symbol. */
14827 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
14829 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
14830 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
14831 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
14832 sym_type
= ELF64_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
14833 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
14834 opd
= get_opd_info (sec
);
14835 if (opd
!= NULL
&& opd
->adjust
!= NULL
)
14837 long adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (sym
->st_value
14843 /* If this is a relocation against the opd section sym
14844 and we have edited .opd, adjust the reloc addend so
14845 that ld -r and ld --emit-relocs output is correct.
14846 If it is a reloc against some other .opd symbol,
14847 then the symbol value will be adjusted later. */
14848 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
14849 rel
->r_addend
+= adjust
;
14851 relocation
+= adjust
;
14857 bfd_boolean ignored
;
14859 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
14860 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
14861 h_elf
, sec
, relocation
,
14862 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
14863 sym_name
= h_elf
->root
.root
.string
;
14864 sym_type
= h_elf
->type
;
14866 && sec
->owner
== output_bfd
14867 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".opd") == 0)
14869 /* This is a symbol defined in a linker script. All
14870 such are defined in output sections, even those
14871 defined by simple assignment from a symbol defined in
14872 an input section. Transfer the symbol to an
14873 appropriate input .opd section, so that a branch to
14874 this symbol will be mapped to the location specified
14875 by the opd entry. */
14876 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
14877 for (lo
= sec
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
14878 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14880 asection
*isec
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14881 if (h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
>= isec
->output_offset
14882 && h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
< (isec
->output_offset
14885 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= isec
->output_offset
;
14886 h_elf
->root
.u
.def
.section
= isec
;
14893 h
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h_elf
);
14895 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
14897 _bfd_clear_contents (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
],
14898 input_bfd
, input_section
,
14899 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
14900 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
14902 wrel
->r_addend
= 0;
14904 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
14905 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
14906 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
14907 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
14908 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14909 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
14915 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
14918 if (h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
14920 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
14921 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14922 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
14925 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
14926 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
14927 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
14928 for the final instruction stream. */
14933 tls_mask
= h
->tls_mask
;
14934 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
14936 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
14937 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14938 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
14939 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
14940 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
14942 if (((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0 || tls_mask
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
14943 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
14944 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
14945 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
14947 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
14948 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
14950 if (!get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
14951 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
14955 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
14958 /* Check that tls relocs are used with tls syms, and non-tls
14959 relocs are used with non-tls syms. */
14960 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
14961 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
14963 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14964 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
14965 && IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
) != (sym_type
== STT_TLS
))
14967 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
14968 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_TLS
14969 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSGD
14970 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TLSLD
))
14971 /* R_PPC64_TLS is OK against a symbol in the TOC. */
14974 info
->callbacks
->einfo
14975 (!IS_PPC64_TLS_RELOC (r_type
)
14976 /* xgettext:c-format */
14977 ? _("%H: %s used with TLS symbol `%pT'\n")
14978 /* xgettext:c-format */
14979 : _("%H: %s used with non-TLS symbol `%pT'\n"),
14980 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
14981 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
14985 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
14986 if (R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
!= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
+ 1
14987 || R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
!= R_PPC64_TOC16
+ 1
14988 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
14989 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
14990 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
14991 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
14992 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
& 3)
14993 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
& 3)
14994 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
14995 || (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
15003 case R_PPC64_LO_DS_OPT
:
15004 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15005 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) != 58u << 26)
15007 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15008 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15009 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
15010 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15013 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
15014 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
15015 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
15016 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
15018 /* Check for toc tls entries. */
15019 unsigned char *toc_tls
;
15022 retval
= get_tls_mask (&toc_tls
, &toc_symndx
, &toc_addend
,
15023 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
);
15029 tls_mask
= *toc_tls
;
15030 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
15031 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
)
15033 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15034 && (tls_mask
& (TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
)) == 0)
15039 /* If we found a GD reloc pair, then we might be
15040 doing a GD->IE transition. */
15044 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15045 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15048 else if (retval
== 3)
15050 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15051 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15059 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
15060 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
15061 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15062 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15064 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15065 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15066 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15067 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15071 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
15072 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
15073 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15074 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15077 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15078 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15080 insn
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis 0,13,0 */
15081 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
15082 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15083 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15084 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15086 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15087 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15088 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15089 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15093 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15097 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
15098 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15099 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15101 /* pld ra,sym@got@tprel@pcrel -> paddi ra,r13,sym@tprel */
15102 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15104 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15105 pinsn
+= ((2ULL << 56) + (-1ULL << 52)
15106 + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26) + (13ULL << 16));
15107 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15108 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15109 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15110 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15111 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15112 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15117 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
15118 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15120 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15121 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 13);
15124 if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 0)
15126 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15127 /* Was PPC64_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
15128 PPC64_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
15129 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
15130 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15131 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15133 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (toc_symndx
, r_type
);
15134 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15135 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order to
15136 get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15140 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15142 else if ((rel
->r_offset
& 3) == 1)
15144 /* For pcrel IE to LE we already have the full
15145 offset and thus don't need an addi here. A nop
15147 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 14 << 26)
15149 /* Extract regs from addi rt,ra,si. */
15150 unsigned int rt
= (insn
>> 21) & 0x1f;
15151 unsigned int ra
= (insn
>> 16) & 0x1f;
15156 /* Build or ra,rs,rb with rb==rs, ie. mr ra,rs. */
15157 insn
= (rt
<< 16) | (ra
<< 21) | (ra
<< 11);
15158 insn
|= (31u << 26) | (444u << 1);
15161 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- 1);
15166 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
15167 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
15169 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15173 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
15174 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
15175 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15178 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15179 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
15180 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15183 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
15184 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15185 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15187 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15191 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
15192 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
15194 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15198 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
15199 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
15200 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15202 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15205 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
15206 /* If not using the newer R_PPC64_TLSGD/LD to mark
15207 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
15208 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
15209 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
15210 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
15211 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
15212 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15213 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
15214 htab
->tls_get_addr_fd
,
15216 htab
->tls_get_addr
,
15218 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
15219 /* We read the low GOT_TLS (or TOC16) insn because we
15220 need to keep the destination reg. It may be
15221 something other than the usual r3, and moved to r3
15222 before the call by intervening code. */
15223 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15224 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15225 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
15228 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
15229 insn1
|= 58u << 26; /* ld */
15230 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15231 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15232 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15233 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16
15234 || r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
)
15235 r_type
+= R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
- R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15237 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
& 1)) & 1)
15238 + R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
);
15239 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15244 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
15245 insn1
|= 0x3c0d0000; /* addis r,13,0 */
15246 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15249 /* Was an LD reloc. */
15250 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15251 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15253 else if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15255 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15256 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15258 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
;
15259 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15260 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15262 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
,
15263 R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
);
15264 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15265 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15268 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
15269 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
15270 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15272 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15273 if (offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15275 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15276 if (insn2
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15277 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15280 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) == 0
15281 && (tls_gd
== 0 || toc_symndx
!= 0))
15283 /* We changed the symbol. Start over in order
15284 to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
15290 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
15291 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15293 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15295 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15296 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15298 /* IE, pla -> pld */
15299 pinsn
+= (-2ULL << 56) + (57ULL << 26) - (14ULL << 26);
15300 r_type
= R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
;
15304 /* LE, pla pcrel -> paddi r13 */
15305 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15306 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15308 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15309 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15310 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15311 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15312 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15316 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
15317 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15319 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15321 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15322 pinsn
+= (-1ULL << 52) + (13ULL << 16);
15323 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15324 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15325 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
& 0xffffffff,
15326 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15327 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15328 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15329 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL34
;
15330 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15335 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
15336 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
15337 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15339 unsigned int insn2
;
15340 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15342 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15343 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15345 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15346 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15347 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15348 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15349 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15353 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15354 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15356 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15359 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15360 insn2
= 0x7c636a14; /* add 3,3,13 */
15365 if (toc_symndx
!= 0)
15367 r_symndx
= toc_symndx
;
15368 rel
->r_addend
= toc_addend
;
15370 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15371 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15373 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15378 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15379 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15380 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15383 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15384 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15385 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15386 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15387 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15388 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) == 0
15390 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15395 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
15396 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
15397 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
15399 unsigned int insn2
;
15400 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type1
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
15402 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15403 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (r_type1
))
15405 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
15406 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
15407 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
)
15408 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15409 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15413 if (ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
15414 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15416 if (r_type1
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15417 || r_type1
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15419 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15424 rel
->r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
15425 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
15426 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
;
15427 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
15428 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
15430 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15431 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
15432 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
15433 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15434 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
15435 if (r_type
!= R_PPC64_NONE
)
15440 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
15441 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
15442 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
)
15443 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 8)
15445 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
15447 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_NONE
);
15448 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
15449 r_type
= R_PPC64_TPREL64
;
15452 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15453 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15455 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15460 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
15462 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15463 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15464 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15469 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
15470 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
15472 r_type
= R_PPC64_NONE
;
15473 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15477 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
15478 relocation
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15479 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15480 && !info
->traditional_format
15481 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15483 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15485 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15486 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15487 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15488 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15490 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15491 LIS_R2
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15492 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15493 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15494 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15495 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15500 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
15501 + input_section
->output_offset
15502 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15503 if (relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15505 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15507 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15508 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15509 if ((insn1
& ~0xfffc) == LD_R2_0R12
15510 && insn2
== ADD_R2_R2_R12
)
15512 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15513 ADDIS_R2_R12
+ PPC_HA (relocation
),
15514 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15515 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15516 ADDI_R2_R2
+ PPC_LO (relocation
),
15517 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15523 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
15524 /* If we are generating a non-PIC executable, edit
15525 . 0: addis 2,12,.TOC.-0b@ha
15526 . addi 2,2,.TOC.-0b@l
15527 used by ELFv2 global entry points to set up r2, to
15530 if .TOC. is in range. */
15531 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
15532 && !info
->traditional_format
15534 && rel
->r_addend
== d_offset
15535 && h
!= NULL
&& &h
->elf
== htab
->elf
.hgot
15536 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15537 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_REL16_LO
)
15538 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15539 && rel
[1].r_addend
== rel
->r_addend
+ 4
15540 && relocation
+ 0x80008000 <= 0xffffffff)
15542 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
15543 offset
= rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
15544 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15545 insn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15546 if ((insn1
& 0xffff0000) == ADDIS_R2_R12
15547 && (insn2
& 0xffff0000) == ADDI_R2_R2
)
15549 r_type
= R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
;
15550 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15551 rel
->r_addend
-= d_offset
;
15552 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
);
15553 rel
[1].r_addend
-= d_offset
+ 4;
15554 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, LIS_R2
, contents
+ offset
);
15560 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
15562 max_br_offset
= 1 << 25;
15563 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
15564 reloc_dest
= DEST_NORMAL
;
15570 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
15571 if (relocation
+ addend
== (rel
->r_offset
15572 + input_section
->output_offset
15573 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
)
15574 && tocsave_find (htab
, NO_INSERT
,
15575 &local_syms
, rel
, input_bfd
))
15577 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15579 || insn
== CROR_151515
|| insn
== CROR_313131
)
15580 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15581 STD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15582 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15586 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
15587 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
15588 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
15589 insn
= 0x01 << 21; /* 'y' or 't' bit, lowest bit of BO field. */
15590 /* Fall through. */
15592 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
15593 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
15594 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
15595 insn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15596 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
) & ~(0x01 << 21);
15597 /* Fall through. */
15599 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
15600 max_br_offset
= 1 << 15;
15601 /* Fall through. */
15603 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
15604 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
15605 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
15606 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
15607 /* Calls to functions with a different TOC, such as calls to
15608 shared objects, need to alter the TOC pointer. This is
15609 done using a linkage stub. A REL24 branching to these
15610 linkage stubs needs to be followed by a nop, as the nop
15611 will be replaced with an instruction to restore the TOC
15616 && h
->oh
->is_func_descriptor
)
15617 fdh
= ppc_follow_link (h
->oh
);
15618 stub_entry
= ppc_get_stub_entry (input_section
, sec
, fdh
, &orig_rel
,
15620 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
15621 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
)
15622 && stub_entry
!= NULL
15623 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15624 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15627 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15628 && ((stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15629 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15630 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15631 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15632 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15633 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
))
15635 bfd_boolean can_plt_call
= FALSE
;
15637 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15639 && htab
->params
->plt_localentry0
!= 0
15640 && is_elfv2_localentry0 (&h
->elf
))
15642 /* The function doesn't use or change r2. */
15643 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15645 else if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15647 /* NOTOC calls don't need to restore r2. */
15648 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15651 /* All of these stubs may modify r2, so there must be a
15652 branch and link followed by a nop. The nop is
15653 replaced by an insn to restore r2. */
15654 else if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 <= input_section
->size
)
15658 br
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15659 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15664 nop
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15665 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15666 if (nop
== LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
))
15667 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15668 else if (nop
== NOP
15669 || nop
== CROR_151515
15670 || nop
== CROR_313131
)
15673 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15674 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15676 /* Special stub used, leave nop alone. */
15679 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
15680 LD_R2_0R1
+ STK_TOC (htab
),
15681 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
15682 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15687 if (!can_plt_call
&& h
!= NULL
)
15689 const char *name
= h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
;
15694 if (strncmp (name
, "__libc_start_main", 17) == 0
15695 && (name
[17] == 0 || name
[17] == '@'))
15697 /* Allow crt1 branch to go via a toc adjusting
15698 stub. Other calls that never return could do
15699 the same, if we could detect such. */
15700 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15706 /* g++ as of 20130507 emits self-calls without a
15707 following nop. This is arguably wrong since we
15708 have conflicting information. On the one hand a
15709 global symbol and on the other a local call
15710 sequence, but don't error for this special case.
15711 It isn't possible to cheaply verify we have
15712 exactly such a call. Allow all calls to the same
15714 asection
*code_sec
= sec
;
15716 if (get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15718 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15719 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15720 - sec
->output_offset
);
15722 opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, &code_sec
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15724 if (code_sec
== input_section
)
15725 can_plt_call
= TRUE
;
15730 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15731 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15732 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15733 /* xgettext:c-format */
15734 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15735 "(plt call stub)\n"),
15736 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15738 info
->callbacks
->einfo
15739 /* xgettext:c-format */
15740 (_("%H: call to `%pT' lacks nop, can't restore toc; "
15741 "(toc save/adjust stub)\n"),
15742 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
15744 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15749 && stub_entry
->stub_type
>= ppc_stub_plt_call
15750 && stub_entry
->stub_type
<= ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15751 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
15754 if ((stub_entry
== NULL
15755 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15756 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15757 && get_opd_info (sec
) != NULL
)
15759 /* The branch destination is the value of the opd entry. */
15760 bfd_vma off
= (relocation
+ addend
15761 - sec
->output_section
->vma
15762 - sec
->output_offset
);
15763 bfd_vma dest
= opd_entry_value (sec
, off
, NULL
, NULL
, FALSE
);
15764 if (dest
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
15768 reloc_dest
= DEST_OPD
;
15772 /* If the branch is out of reach we ought to have a long
15774 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15775 + input_section
->output_offset
15776 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
15778 relocation
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (fdh
15782 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15783 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch
15784 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch
)
15785 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
15786 || r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
15787 || (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15788 < 2 * max_br_offset
)))
15789 /* Don't use the stub if this branch is in range. */
15792 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15793 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_notoc
15794 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15795 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_notoc
15796 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15797 && (r_type
!= R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15798 || ((fdh
? fdh
->elf
.other
: sym
->st_other
)
15799 & STO_PPC64_LOCAL_MASK
) <= 1 << STO_PPC64_LOCAL_BIT
)
15800 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15801 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15804 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
15805 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_r2off
15806 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15807 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_r2off
15808 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
)
15809 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15810 && (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ max_br_offset
15811 < 2 * max_br_offset
))
15814 if (stub_entry
!= NULL
)
15816 /* Munge up the value and addend so that we call the stub
15817 rather than the procedure directly. */
15818 asection
*stub_sec
= stub_entry
->group
->stub_sec
;
15820 if (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_save_res
)
15821 relocation
+= (stub_sec
->output_offset
15822 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
15823 + stub_sec
->size
- htab
->sfpr
->size
15824 - htab
->sfpr
->output_offset
15825 - htab
->sfpr
->output_section
->vma
);
15827 relocation
= (stub_entry
->stub_offset
15828 + stub_sec
->output_offset
15829 + stub_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
15831 reloc_dest
= DEST_STUB
;
15833 if (((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call
15834 && ALWAYS_EMIT_R2SAVE
)
15835 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_r2save
15836 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15838 && is_tls_get_addr (&h
->elf
, htab
)
15839 && htab
->params
->tls_get_addr_opt
)
15840 && rel
+ 1 < relend
15841 && rel
[1].r_offset
== rel
->r_offset
+ 4
15842 && ELF64_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
)
15844 else if ((stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_long_branch_both
15845 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_branch_both
15846 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
)
15847 && r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15850 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
15851 && (stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_notoc
15852 || stub_entry
->stub_type
== ppc_stub_plt_call_both
))
15853 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
15860 /* Set 'a' bit. This is 0b00010 in BO field for branch
15861 on CR(BI) insns (BO == 001at or 011at), and 0b01000
15862 for branch on CTR insns (BO == 1a00t or 1a01t). */
15863 if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x04 << 21))
15864 insn
|= 0x02 << 21;
15865 else if ((insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x10 << 21))
15866 insn
|= 0x08 << 21;
15872 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
15873 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ addend
- from
) < 0)
15874 insn
^= 0x01 << 21;
15877 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15880 /* NOP out calls to undefined weak functions.
15881 We can thus call a weak function without first
15882 checking whether the function is defined. */
15884 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
15885 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
15886 && (r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24
15887 || r_type
== R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
)
15891 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
15896 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
15897 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15898 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
15899 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15901 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15902 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15904 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15905 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15906 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16
;
15907 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15912 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
15913 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
15914 from
= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
15915 if (relocation
+ addend
- from
+ 0x80008000ULL
< 0x100000000ULL
15916 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15918 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15919 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26 | 0x3)) == 58u << 26 /* ld */)
15921 insn
+= (14u << 26) - (58u << 26);
15922 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
15923 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
;
15924 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15926 else if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */)
15928 r_type
= R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
;
15929 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15934 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
15935 from
= (rel
->r_offset
15936 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
15937 + input_section
->output_offset
);
15938 if (relocation
- from
+ (1ULL << 33) < 1ULL << 34
15939 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15941 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15942 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15944 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15945 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
15946 == ((1ULL << 58) | (1ULL << 52) | (57ULL << 26) /* pld */))
15948 /* Replace with paddi. */
15949 pinsn
+= (2ULL << 56) + (14ULL << 26) - (57ULL << 26);
15950 r_type
= R_PPC64_PCREL34
;
15951 rel
->r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
15952 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ offset
);
15953 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15959 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
15960 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
15962 offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
15963 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
15965 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
+ 4);
15966 if ((pinsn
& ((-1ULL << 50) | (63ULL << 26)))
15967 == ((1ULL << 58) | (2ULL << 56) | (1ULL << 52)
15968 | (14ULL << 26) /* paddi */))
15971 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
15972 && rel
[1].r_offset
== offset
15973 && rel
[1].r_info
== ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
))
15975 bfd_vma off2
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
15977 /* zero means next insn. */
15980 if (off2
+ 4 <= input_section
->size
)
15983 bfd_signed_vma addend_off
;
15984 pinsn2
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ off2
);
15986 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
15988 if (off2
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
15990 pinsn2
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
15991 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
15993 if (xlate_pcrel_opt (&pinsn
, &pinsn2
, &addend_off
))
15995 addend
+= addend_off
;
15996 rel
->r_addend
= addend
;
15997 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32,
15998 contents
+ offset
);
15999 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
,
16000 contents
+ offset
+ 4);
16001 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
>> 32,
16003 if ((pinsn2
& (63ULL << 58)) == 1ULL << 58)
16004 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn2
,
16005 contents
+ off2
+ 4);
16015 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
16019 /* xgettext:c-format */
16020 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
16021 input_bfd
, ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
16023 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16029 case R_PPC64_TLSGD
:
16030 case R_PPC64_TLSLD
:
16031 case R_PPC64_TOCSAVE
:
16032 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
16033 case R_PPC64_GNU_VTENTRY
:
16034 case R_PPC64_ENTRY
:
16035 case R_PPC64_PCREL_OPT
:
16038 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
16039 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
16040 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
16041 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
16042 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16
:
16043 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16044 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16045 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16046 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
16047 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
16050 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16
:
16051 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16052 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16053 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16054 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
16055 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
16058 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
16059 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16060 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16061 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16062 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
16063 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
16066 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
16067 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16068 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16069 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16070 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
16071 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
16074 case R_PPC64_GOT16
:
16075 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16076 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16077 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16078 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16079 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16080 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
16083 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
16088 unsigned long indx
= 0;
16089 struct got_entry
*ent
;
16091 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
16092 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))
16093 ent
= ppc64_tlsld_got (input_bfd
);
16098 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16099 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1
16100 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16101 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16102 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
16103 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
16104 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
16105 because of a version file. */
16109 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16110 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16112 ent
= h
->elf
.got
.glist
;
16116 if (local_got_ents
== NULL
)
16118 ent
= local_got_ents
[r_symndx
];
16121 for (; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16122 if (ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
16123 && ent
->owner
== input_bfd
16124 && ent
->tls_type
== tls_type
)
16130 if (ent
->is_indirect
)
16131 ent
= ent
->got
.ent
;
16132 offp
= &ent
->got
.offset
;
16133 got
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->got
;
16137 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 8. We use the
16138 least significant bit to record whether we have already
16139 processed this entry. */
16141 if ((off
& 1) != 0)
16145 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker, except in
16146 the case of TLSLD where we'll use one entry per
16154 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16155 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
16158 relgot
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16160 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16161 else if (is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16162 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16165 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16167 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &h
->elf
))
16169 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
16170 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
))))
16171 relgot
= ppc64_elf_tdata (ent
->owner
)->relgot
;
16172 if (relgot
!= NULL
)
16174 outrel
.r_offset
= (got
->output_section
->vma
16175 + got
->output_offset
16177 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16178 if (tls_type
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
16180 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16181 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
);
16182 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
16184 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16185 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16186 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16187 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
16189 outrel
.r_offset
+= 8;
16190 outrel
.r_addend
= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16192 = ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16195 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
16196 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_DTPREL64
);
16197 else if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
16198 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_TPREL64
);
16199 else if (indx
!= 0)
16200 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
);
16204 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16206 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16208 /* Write the .got section contents for the sake
16210 loc
= got
->contents
+ off
;
16211 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, outrel
.r_addend
+ relocation
,
16215 if (indx
== 0 && tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
16217 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16218 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
16220 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16221 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
16223 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
16226 loc
= relgot
->contents
;
16227 loc
+= (relgot
->reloc_count
++
16228 * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
));
16229 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16232 /* Init the .got section contents here if we're not
16233 emitting a reloc. */
16236 relocation
+= orig_rel
.r_addend
;
16239 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
16243 if (tls_type
& TLS_LD
)
16246 relocation
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16247 if (tls_type
& TLS_TPREL
)
16248 relocation
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
16251 if (tls_type
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
))
16253 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16254 got
->contents
+ off
+ 8);
16258 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, relocation
,
16259 got
->contents
+ off
);
16263 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
16266 relocation
= got
->output_section
->vma
+ got
->output_offset
+ off
;
16268 if (!(r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
16269 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
16270 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
16271 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
16272 || r_type
== R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
))
16273 addend
= -(TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16277 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16278 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
:
16279 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16280 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16281 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16282 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16283 case R_PPC64_PLT32
:
16284 case R_PPC64_PLT64
:
16285 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16286 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16287 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16288 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16289 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
16290 procedure linkage table. */
16291 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16293 struct plt_entry
**plt_list
= NULL
;
16295 plt_list
= &h
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
16296 else if (local_got_ents
!= NULL
)
16298 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
16299 (local_got_ents
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
16300 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
16304 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
16306 for (ent
= *plt_list
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
16307 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1
16308 && ent
->addend
== orig_rel
.r_addend
)
16313 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
16314 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
16316 || h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16319 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16320 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16321 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
16323 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
16325 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
16326 + plt
->output_offset
16327 + ent
->plt
.offset
);
16328 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
16329 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_HI
16330 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
16331 || r_type
== R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
)
16333 got
= (elf_gp (output_bfd
)
16334 + htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
);
16338 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16346 /* Relocation value is TOC base. */
16347 relocation
= TOCstart
;
16348 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
16349 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16350 else if (unresolved_reloc
)
16352 else if (sec
!= NULL
&& sec
->id
< htab
->sec_info_arr_size
)
16353 relocation
+= htab
->sec_info
[sec
->id
].toc_off
;
16355 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
16358 /* TOC16 relocs. We want the offset relative to the TOC base,
16359 which is the address of the start of the TOC plus 0x8000.
16360 The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, and .plt,
16362 case R_PPC64_TOC16
:
16363 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16364 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16365 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
16366 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16367 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16368 addend
-= TOCstart
+ htab
->sec_info
[input_section
->id
].toc_off
;
16373 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
16374 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF
:
16375 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO
:
16376 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HI
:
16377 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
16378 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
16379 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16381 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
16384 case R_PPC64_REL16
:
16385 case R_PPC64_REL16_LO
:
16386 case R_PPC64_REL16_HI
:
16387 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16388 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGH
:
16389 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16390 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER
:
16391 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16392 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST
:
16393 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16394 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHER34
:
16395 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16396 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHEST34
:
16397 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16398 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16399 case R_PPC64_REL14
:
16400 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
16401 case R_PPC64_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
16402 case R_PPC64_REL24
:
16403 case R_PPC64_REL24_NOTOC
:
16404 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
16405 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
16408 case R_PPC64_TPREL16
:
16409 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16410 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HI
:
16411 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16412 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
16413 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16414 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGH
:
16415 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16416 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHER
:
16417 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16418 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16419 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16420 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
16422 && h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
16423 && h
->elf
.dynindx
== -1)
16425 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
16426 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
16427 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
16428 defined before using them. */
16429 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
16431 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16432 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 13);
16434 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16437 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16438 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16439 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
16440 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
16441 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
16444 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16
:
16445 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO
:
16446 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HI
:
16447 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16448 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
16449 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16450 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGH
:
16451 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16452 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHER
:
16453 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16454 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHEST
:
16455 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16456 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
16457 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16458 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16461 case R_PPC64_ADDR64_LOCAL
:
16462 addend
+= PPC64_LOCAL_ENTRY_OFFSET (h
!= NULL
16467 case R_PPC64_DTPMOD64
:
16472 case R_PPC64_TPREL64
:
16473 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16474 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
16477 case R_PPC64_DTPREL64
:
16478 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
16479 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
16480 /* Fall through. */
16482 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a
16484 case R_PPC64_REL30
:
16485 case R_PPC64_REL32
:
16486 case R_PPC64_REL64
:
16487 case R_PPC64_ADDR14
:
16488 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
16489 case R_PPC64_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
16490 case R_PPC64_ADDR16
:
16491 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
16492 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16493 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI
:
16494 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGH
:
16495 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16496 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER
:
16497 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16498 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST
:
16499 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16500 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO
:
16501 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
16502 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER34
:
16503 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16504 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST34
:
16505 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16506 case R_PPC64_ADDR24
:
16507 case R_PPC64_ADDR32
:
16508 case R_PPC64_ADDR64
:
16509 case R_PPC64_UADDR16
:
16510 case R_PPC64_UADDR32
:
16511 case R_PPC64_UADDR64
:
16513 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
16514 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
16515 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16518 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
16521 if (NO_OPD_RELOCS
&& is_opd
)
16524 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
16526 || h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
16527 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
16528 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
16530 ? h
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
16531 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16533 bfd_boolean skip
, relocate
;
16538 /* When generating a dynamic object, these relocations
16539 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
16545 out_off
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
16546 input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
16547 if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
16549 else if (out_off
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
16550 skip
= TRUE
, relocate
= TRUE
;
16551 out_off
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
16552 + input_section
->output_offset
);
16553 outrel
.r_offset
= out_off
;
16554 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
16556 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
16557 if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) != 0)
16558 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR64
&& (out_off
& 7) == 0))
16559 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR64
^ R_PPC64_UADDR64
;
16560 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) != 0)
16561 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR32
&& (out_off
& 3) == 0))
16562 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR32
^ R_PPC64_UADDR32
;
16563 else if ((r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) != 0)
16564 || (r_type
== R_PPC64_UADDR16
&& (out_off
& 1) == 0))
16565 r_type
^= R_PPC64_ADDR16
^ R_PPC64_UADDR16
;
16568 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
16569 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->elf
)
16571 && r_type
!= R_PPC64_TOC
)
16573 indx
= h
->elf
.dynindx
;
16574 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
16575 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16579 /* This symbol is local, or marked to become local,
16580 or this is an opd section reloc which must point
16581 at a local function. */
16582 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
16583 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
|| r_type
== R_PPC64_TOC
)
16585 if (is_opd
&& h
!= NULL
)
16587 /* Lie about opd entries. This case occurs
16588 when building shared libraries and we
16589 reference a function in another shared
16590 lib. The same thing happens for a weak
16591 definition in an application that's
16592 overridden by a strong definition in a
16593 shared lib. (I believe this is a generic
16594 bug in binutils handling of weak syms.)
16595 In these cases we won't use the opd
16596 entry in this lib. */
16597 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16600 && r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
16602 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16603 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
))
16604 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_IRELATIVE
);
16607 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (0, R_PPC64_RELATIVE
);
16609 /* We need to relocate .opd contents for ld.so.
16610 Prelink also wants simple and consistent rules
16611 for relocs. This make all RELATIVE relocs have
16612 *r_offset equal to r_addend. */
16619 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16620 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16622 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16623 /* xgettext:c-format */
16624 (_("%H: %s for indirect "
16625 "function `%pT' unsupported\n"),
16626 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16627 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
16631 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
16633 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
16635 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
16640 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
16642 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
16644 /* TLS symbol values are relative to the
16645 TLS segment. Dynamic relocations for
16646 local TLS symbols therefore can't be
16647 reduced to a relocation against their
16648 section symbol because it holds the
16649 address of the section, not a value
16650 relative to the TLS segment. We could
16651 change the .tdata dynamic section symbol
16652 to be zero value but STN_UNDEF works
16653 and is used elsewhere, eg. for TPREL64
16654 GOT relocs against local TLS symbols. */
16655 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
16660 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16663 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
16664 && htab
->elf
.data_index_section
!= NULL
)
16665 osec
= htab
->elf
.data_index_section
;
16667 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
16668 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
16670 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
16673 /* We are turning this relocation into one
16674 against a section symbol, so subtract out
16675 the output section's address but not the
16676 offset of the input section in the output
16678 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
16681 outrel
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
16685 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
16687 ? h
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
16688 : ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
16690 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
16692 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16693 else if (is_static_defined (&h
->elf
))
16694 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
16696 if (sreloc
== NULL
)
16699 if (sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)
16702 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
16703 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
16704 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
16706 if (!warned_dynamic
16707 && !ppc64_glibc_dynamic_reloc (ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)))
16709 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16710 /* xgettext:c-format */
16711 (_("%X%P: %pB: %s against %pT "
16712 "is not supported by glibc as a dynamic relocation\n"),
16714 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[ELF64_R_TYPE (outrel
.r_info
)]->name
,
16716 warned_dynamic
= TRUE
;
16719 /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, it will
16720 be computed at runtime, so there's no need to do
16721 anything now. However, for the sake of prelink ensure
16722 that the section contents are a known value. */
16725 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16726 /* The value chosen here is quite arbitrary as ld.so
16727 ignores section contents except for the special
16728 case of .opd where the contents might be accessed
16729 before relocation. Choose zero, as that won't
16730 cause reloc overflow. */
16733 /* Use *r_offset == r_addend for R_PPC64_ADDR64 relocs
16734 to improve backward compatibility with older
16736 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_ADDR64
)
16737 addend
= outrel
.r_addend
;
16738 /* Adjust pc_relative relocs to have zero in *r_offset. */
16739 else if (ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->pc_relative
)
16740 addend
= outrel
.r_offset
;
16746 case R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT
:
16747 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
16748 case R_PPC64_JMP_IREL
:
16749 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
16750 /* We shouldn't ever see these dynamic relocs in relocatable
16752 /* Fall through. */
16754 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16
:
16755 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
16756 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16757 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HI
:
16758 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO
:
16759 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
16760 case R_PPC64_PLTREL32
:
16761 case R_PPC64_PLTREL64
:
16762 /* These ones haven't been implemented yet. */
16764 info
->callbacks
->einfo
16765 /* xgettext:c-format */
16766 (_("%P: %pB: %s is not supported for `%pT'\n"),
16768 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, sym_name
);
16770 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
16775 /* Multi-instruction sequences that access the TOC can be
16776 optimized, eg. addis ra,r2,0; addi rb,ra,x;
16777 to nop; addi rb,r2,x; */
16783 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
16784 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
16785 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
16786 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
16787 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HI
:
16788 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI
:
16789 /* These relocs would only be useful if building up an
16790 offset to later add to r2, perhaps in an indexed
16791 addressing mode instruction. Don't try to optimize.
16792 Unfortunately, the possibility of someone building up an
16793 offset like this or even with the HA relocs, means that
16794 we need to check the high insn when optimizing the low
16798 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL_NOTOC
:
16799 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16800 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16801 /* Fall through. */
16802 case R_PPC64_PLTCALL
:
16803 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16805 /* No plt entry. Make this into a direct call. */
16806 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16807 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16809 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B_DOT
| insn
, p
);
16810 if (r_type
== R_PPC64_PLTCALL
)
16811 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
+ 4);
16812 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
16813 r_type
= R_PPC64_REL24
;
16817 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ_NOTOC
:
16818 case R_PPC64_PLTSEQ
:
16819 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16821 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16826 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
16827 if (!unresolved_reloc
)
16828 htab
->notoc_plt
= 1;
16829 /* Fall through. */
16830 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
16831 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16833 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
16834 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
>> 32, p
);
16835 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, PNOP
, p
+ 4);
16836 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16841 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16842 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16844 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16847 /* Fall through. */
16848 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16849 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16850 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16851 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16852 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16853 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16854 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16855 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16859 p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16860 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16865 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO
:
16866 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16867 if (unresolved_reloc
)
16869 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
16872 /* Fall through. */
16873 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
16874 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
16875 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16876 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
16877 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO
:
16878 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16879 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO
:
16880 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16881 if (htab
->do_toc_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
16882 && !ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->unexpected_toc_insn
)
16884 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16885 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16886 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 12u << 26 /* addic */)
16888 /* Transform addic to addi when we change reg. */
16889 insn
&= ~((0x3fu
<< 26) | (0x1f << 16));
16890 insn
|= (14u << 26) | (2 << 16);
16894 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16897 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16901 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16902 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16904 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16905 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16906 if ((insn
& ((0x3fu
<< 26) | 0x1f << 16))
16907 != ((15u << 26) | (13 << 16)) /* addis rt,13,imm */)
16908 /* xgettext:c-format */
16909 info
->callbacks
->minfo
16910 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
16911 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
16912 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
, insn
);
16915 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
16921 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO
:
16922 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
16923 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
16925 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
16926 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
16927 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
16929 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
16934 /* Do any further special processing. */
16940 case R_PPC64_REL16_HA
:
16941 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHA
:
16942 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA
:
16943 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA
:
16944 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
16945 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA
:
16946 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHA
:
16947 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA
:
16948 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA
:
16949 case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA
:
16950 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_HA
:
16951 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HA
:
16952 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHA
:
16953 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16954 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16955 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HA
:
16956 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHA
:
16957 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHERA
:
16958 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_HIGHESTA
:
16959 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
16960 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
16961 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
16962 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
16965 /* Fall through. */
16967 case R_PPC64_GOT16_HA
:
16968 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_HA
:
16969 case R_PPC64_PLT16_HA
:
16970 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
16971 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
16972 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
16973 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
16974 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
16975 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
16979 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
16980 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA34
:
16981 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA34
:
16982 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHERA34
:
16983 case R_PPC64_REL16_HIGHESTA34
:
16985 addend
+= 1ULL << 33;
16988 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
16989 case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
16990 case R_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
16991 case R_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
16992 case R_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
16993 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
16994 case R_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
16995 case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
16996 case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS
:
16997 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_DS
:
16998 case R_PPC64_PLTGOT16_LO_DS
:
16999 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_DS
:
17000 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17001 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_DS
:
17002 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17003 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
17004 case R_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
17005 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
17006 case R_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
17007 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17009 /* If this reloc is against an lq, lxv, or stxv insn, then
17010 the value must be a multiple of 16. This is somewhat of
17011 a hack, but the "correct" way to do this by defining _DQ
17012 forms of all the _DS relocs bloats all reloc switches in
17013 this file. It doesn't make much sense to use these
17014 relocs in data, so testing the insn should be safe. */
17015 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (56u << 26)
17016 || ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == (61u << 26) && (insn
& 3) == 1))
17018 relocation
+= addend
;
17019 addend
= insn
& (mask
^ 3);
17020 if ((relocation
& mask
) != 0)
17022 relocation
^= relocation
& mask
;
17023 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17024 /* xgettext:c-format */
17025 (_("%H: error: %s not a multiple of %u\n"),
17026 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17027 ppc64_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
,
17029 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
17036 /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING sections
17037 because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and thus ld.so will
17038 not process them. */
17039 howto
= ppc64_elf_howto_table
[(int) r_type
];
17040 if (unresolved_reloc
17041 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
17042 && h
->elf
.def_dynamic
)
17043 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
17044 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
17046 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17047 /* xgettext:c-format */
17048 (_("%H: unresolvable %s against `%pT'\n"),
17049 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17051 h
->elf
.root
.root
.string
);
17055 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
17056 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
17057 have different reloc types. */
17058 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
17059 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
17060 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
17062 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
17064 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
17065 if ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
17066 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
17067 else if (howto
->rightshift
== 0
17068 ? ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
17069 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
17070 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
17071 : ((insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 29u << 26 /* andis */
17072 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 25u << 26 /* oris */
17073 || (insn
& (0x3fu
<< 26)) == 27u << 26 /* xoris */))
17074 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
17075 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
17077 alt_howto
= *howto
;
17078 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
17079 howto
= &alt_howto
;
17085 /* Split field relocs aren't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
17087 case R_PPC64_D34_LO
:
17088 case R_PPC64_D34_HI30
:
17089 case R_PPC64_D34_HA30
:
17090 case R_PPC64_PCREL34
:
17091 case R_PPC64_GOT_PCREL34
:
17092 case R_PPC64_TPREL34
:
17093 case R_PPC64_DTPREL34
:
17094 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSGD34
:
17095 case R_PPC64_GOT_TLSLD34
:
17096 case R_PPC64_GOT_TPREL34
:
17097 case R_PPC64_GOT_DTPREL34
:
17098 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34
:
17099 case R_PPC64_PLT_PCREL34_NOTOC
:
17101 case R_PPC64_PCREL28
:
17102 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 8 > input_section
->size
)
17103 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17106 relocation
+= addend
;
17107 if (howto
->pc_relative
)
17108 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17109 + input_section
->output_offset
17110 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17111 relocation
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
17113 pinsn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17115 pinsn
|= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17117 pinsn
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
17118 pinsn
|= (((relocation
<< 16) | (relocation
& 0xffff))
17119 & howto
->dst_mask
);
17120 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
>> 32, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17121 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, pinsn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
17123 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
== complain_overflow_signed
17124 && (relocation
+ (1ULL << (howto
->bitsize
- 1))
17125 >= 1ULL << howto
->bitsize
))
17126 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17130 case R_PPC64_REL16DX_HA
:
17131 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
17132 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
17135 relocation
+= addend
;
17136 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
17137 + input_section
->output_offset
17138 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
17139 relocation
= (bfd_signed_vma
) relocation
>> 16;
17140 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17142 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
17143 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
17145 if (relocation
+ 0x8000 > 0xffff)
17146 r
= bfd_reloc_overflow
;
17151 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
17152 contents
, rel
->r_offset
,
17153 relocation
, addend
);
17156 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
17158 char *more_info
= NULL
;
17159 const char *reloc_name
= howto
->name
;
17161 if (reloc_dest
!= DEST_NORMAL
)
17163 more_info
= bfd_malloc (strlen (reloc_name
) + 8);
17164 if (more_info
!= NULL
)
17166 strcpy (more_info
, reloc_name
);
17167 strcat (more_info
, (reloc_dest
== DEST_OPD
17168 ? " (OPD)" : " (stub)"));
17169 reloc_name
= more_info
;
17173 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
17175 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
17176 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
17178 && (reloc_dest
== DEST_STUB
17180 && (h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
17181 || h
->elf
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
17182 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))))
17183 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow (info
, &h
->elf
.root
,
17184 sym_name
, reloc_name
,
17186 input_bfd
, input_section
,
17191 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17192 /* xgettext:c-format */
17193 (_("%H: %s against `%pT': error %d\n"),
17194 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
17195 reloc_name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
17198 if (more_info
!= NULL
)
17208 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
17209 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
17211 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
17212 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17213 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
17215 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
17217 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
17218 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
17221 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
17222 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
17223 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
17226 /* If we're emitting relocations, then shortly after this function
17227 returns, reloc offsets and addends for this section will be
17228 adjusted. Worse, reloc symbol indices will be for the output
17229 file rather than the input. Save a copy of the relocs for
17230 opd_entry_value. */
17231 if (is_opd
&& (info
->emitrelocations
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
)))
17234 amt
= input_section
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
17235 rel
= bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
17236 BFD_ASSERT (ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
== NULL
);
17237 ppc64_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->opd
.relocs
= rel
;
17240 memcpy (rel
, relocs
, amt
);
17245 /* Adjust the value of any local symbols in opd sections. */
17248 ppc64_elf_output_symbol_hook (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17249 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
17250 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
17251 asection
*input_sec
,
17252 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
17254 struct _opd_sec_data
*opd
;
17261 opd
= get_opd_info (input_sec
);
17262 if (opd
== NULL
|| opd
->adjust
== NULL
)
17265 value
= elfsym
->st_value
- input_sec
->output_offset
;
17266 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
17267 value
-= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
17269 adjust
= opd
->adjust
[OPD_NDX (value
)];
17273 elfsym
->st_value
+= adjust
;
17277 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
17278 dynamic sections here. */
17281 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17282 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17283 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
17284 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
17286 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17287 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
17289 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17293 if (!htab
->opd_abi
&& !h
->def_regular
)
17294 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
17295 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
17297 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
17298 defined in glink. Leave the value if there were
17299 any relocations where pointer equality matters
17300 (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to make
17301 function pointer comparisons work between an
17302 application and shared library), otherwise set it
17304 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
17305 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
17307 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
17309 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
17310 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
17311 function pointer. */
17318 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
17319 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
17320 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
17321 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
))
17323 /* This symbol needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
17324 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
17328 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
17331 rela
.r_offset
= defined_sym_val (h
);
17332 rela
.r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC64_COPY
);
17334 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
17335 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
17337 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
17338 loc
= srel
->contents
;
17339 loc
+= srel
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
);
17340 bfd_elf64_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
17346 /* Used to decide how to sort relocs in an optimal manner for the
17347 dynamic linker, before writing them out. */
17349 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
17350 ppc64_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
17351 const asection
*rel_sec
,
17352 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
17354 enum elf_ppc64_reloc_type r_type
;
17355 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17357 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
17358 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
17360 r_type
= ELF64_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
);
17363 case R_PPC64_RELATIVE
:
17364 return reloc_class_relative
;
17365 case R_PPC64_JMP_SLOT
:
17366 return reloc_class_plt
;
17368 return reloc_class_copy
;
17370 return reloc_class_normal
;
17374 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
17377 ppc64_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
17378 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
17380 struct ppc_link_hash_table
*htab
;
17384 htab
= ppc_hash_table (info
);
17388 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
17389 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
17391 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
17393 Elf64_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
17395 if (sdyn
== NULL
|| htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
17398 dyncon
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
17399 dynconend
= (Elf64_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
17400 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
17402 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
17405 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
17412 case DT_PPC64_GLINK
:
17414 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17415 /* We stupidly defined DT_PPC64_GLINK to be the start
17416 of glink rather than the first entry point, which is
17417 what ld.so needs, and now have a bigger stub to
17418 support automatic multiple TOCs. */
17419 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE_SIZE (htab
) - 8 * 4;
17423 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17426 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
17430 if ((htab
->do_multi_toc
&& htab
->multi_toc_needed
)
17431 || htab
->notoc_plt
)
17432 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_MULTI_TOC
;
17433 if (htab
->has_plt_localentry0
)
17434 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
|= PPC64_OPT_LOCALENTRY
;
17437 case DT_PPC64_OPDSZ
:
17438 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".opd");
17441 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
;
17445 s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
17446 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17450 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
17451 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
17455 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
17459 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
17460 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17461 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
17462 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
17463 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
17464 info
->callbacks
->einfo
17465 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
17466 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
17470 bfd_elf64_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
17474 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
!= 0
17475 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17477 /* Fill in the first entry in the global offset table.
17478 We use it to hold the link-time TOCbase. */
17479 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
,
17480 elf_gp (output_bfd
) + TOC_BASE_OFF
,
17481 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
);
17483 /* Set .got entry size. */
17484 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17488 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
17489 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
17491 /* Set .plt entry size. */
17492 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
17493 = PLT_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
);
17496 /* brlt is SEC_LINKER_CREATED, so we need to write out relocs for
17497 brlt ourselves if emitrelocations. */
17498 if (htab
->brlt
!= NULL
17499 && htab
->brlt
->reloc_count
!= 0
17500 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17502 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->rela
.hdr
,
17503 elf_section_data (htab
->brlt
)->relocs
,
17507 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
17508 && htab
->glink
->reloc_count
!= 0
17509 && !_bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (output_bfd
,
17511 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->rela
.hdr
,
17512 elf_section_data (htab
->glink
)->relocs
,
17517 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
17518 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
!= 0
17519 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
17520 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
17521 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
17522 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
17525 /* We need to handle writing out multiple GOT sections ourselves,
17526 since we didn't add them to DYNOBJ. We know dynobj is the first
17528 while ((dynobj
= dynobj
->link
.next
) != NULL
)
17532 if (!is_ppc64_elf (dynobj
))
17535 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->got
;
17538 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17539 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17540 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17543 s
= ppc64_elf_tdata (dynobj
)->relgot
;
17546 && s
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
17547 && !bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, s
->output_section
,
17548 s
->contents
, s
->output_offset
,
17556 #include "elf64-target.h"
17558 /* FreeBSD support */
17560 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
17561 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
17563 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
17564 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf64_fbsd_vec
17565 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
17566 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf64-powerpc-freebsd"
17569 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
17572 #define elf64_bed elf64_powerpc_fbsd_bed
17574 #include "elf64-target.h"